US20190134604A1 - Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations - Google Patents

Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20190134604A1
US20190134604A1 US16/082,770 US201716082770A US2019134604A1 US 20190134604 A1 US20190134604 A1 US 20190134604A1 US 201716082770 A US201716082770 A US 201716082770A US 2019134604 A1 US2019134604 A1 US 2019134604A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
chromatographic
core
group
materials
alkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US16/082,770
Inventor
Daniel P. Walsh
Kevin Daniel Wyndham
Jacob Nathan Fairchild
Nicole L. Lawrence
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Waters Technologies Corp
Original Assignee
Waters Technologies Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Waters Technologies Corp filed Critical Waters Technologies Corp
Priority to US16/082,770 priority Critical patent/US20190134604A1/en
Publication of US20190134604A1 publication Critical patent/US20190134604A1/en
Assigned to WATERS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION reassignment WATERS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: Fairchild, Jacob Nathan, LAWRENCE, NICOLE L., WALSH, DANIEL P., WYNDHAM, Kevin Daniel
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/281Sorbents specially adapted for preparative, analytical or investigative chromatography
    • B01J20/282Porous sorbents
    • B01J20/283Porous sorbents based on silica
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01DSEPARATION
    • B01D15/00Separating processes involving the treatment of liquids with solid sorbents; Apparatus therefor
    • B01D15/08Selective adsorption, e.g. chromatography
    • B01D15/10Selective adsorption, e.g. chromatography characterised by constructional or operational features
    • B01D15/20Selective adsorption, e.g. chromatography characterised by constructional or operational features relating to the conditioning of the sorbent material
    • B01D15/206Packing or coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/22Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof comprising organic material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28002Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • B01J20/28004Sorbent size or size distribution, e.g. particle size
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28002Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • B01J20/28009Magnetic properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28014Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their form
    • B01J20/28016Particle form
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28014Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their form
    • B01J20/28016Particle form
    • B01J20/28019Spherical, ellipsoidal or cylindrical
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28014Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their form
    • B01J20/28042Shaped bodies; Monolithic structures
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28057Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28057Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area
    • B01J20/28059Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area being less than 100 m2/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28057Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area
    • B01J20/28061Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area being in the range 100-500 m2/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28057Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area
    • B01J20/28064Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area being in the range 500-1000 m2/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28057Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area
    • B01J20/28066Surface area, e.g. B.E.T specific surface area being more than 1000 m2/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28069Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28069Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume
    • B01J20/28071Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume being less than 0.5 ml/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28069Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume
    • B01J20/28073Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume being in the range 0.5-1.0 ml/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28069Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume
    • B01J20/28076Pore volume, e.g. total pore volume, mesopore volume, micropore volume being more than 1.0 ml/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28078Pore diameter
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28078Pore diameter
    • B01J20/28083Pore diameter being in the range 2-50 nm, i.e. mesopores
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28078Pore diameter
    • B01J20/28085Pore diameter being more than 50 nm, i.e. macropores
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28088Pore-size distribution
    • B01J20/28092Bimodal, polymodal, different types of pores or different pore size distributions in different parts of the sorbent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28095Shape or type of pores, voids, channels, ducts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/281Sorbents specially adapted for preparative, analytical or investigative chromatography
    • B01J20/282Porous sorbents
    • B01J20/285Porous sorbents based on polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/281Sorbents specially adapted for preparative, analytical or investigative chromatography
    • B01J20/286Phases chemically bonded to a substrate, e.g. to silica or to polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3202Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the carrier, support or substrate used for impregnation or coating
    • B01J20/3204Inorganic carriers, supports or substrates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3234Inorganic material layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3234Inorganic material layers
    • B01J20/3236Inorganic material layers containing metal, other than zeolites, e.g. oxides, hydroxides, sulphides or salts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3234Inorganic material layers
    • B01J20/324Inorganic material layers containing free carbon, e.g. activated carbon
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3242Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
    • B01J20/3244Non-macromolecular compounds
    • B01J20/3246Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure
    • B01J20/3257Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one of the heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur together with at least one silicon atom, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3242Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
    • B01J20/3268Macromolecular compounds
    • B01J20/3272Polymers obtained by reactions otherwise than involving only carbon to carbon unsaturated bonds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3242Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
    • B01J20/3285Coating or impregnation layers comprising different type of functional groups or interactions, e.g. different ligands in various parts of the sorbent, mixed mode, dual zone, bimodal, multimodal, ionic or hydrophobic, cationic or anionic, hydrophilic or hydrophobic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3289Coatings involving more than one layer of same or different nature
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3291Characterised by the shape of the carrier, the coating or the obtained coated product
    • B01J20/3293Coatings on a core, the core being particle or fiber shaped, e.g. encapsulated particles, coated fibers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3291Characterised by the shape of the carrier, the coating or the obtained coated product
    • B01J20/3295Coatings made of particles, nanoparticles, fibers, nanofibers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28002Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • B01J20/28004Sorbent size or size distribution, e.g. particle size
    • B01J20/28007Sorbent size or size distribution, e.g. particle size with size in the range 1-100 nanometers, e.g. nanosized particles, nanofibers, nanotubes, nanowires or the like
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/28Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J20/28054Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J20/28095Shape or type of pores, voids, channels, ducts
    • B01J20/28097Shape or type of pores, voids, channels, ducts being coated, filled or plugged with specific compounds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J20/00Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
    • B01J20/30Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
    • B01J20/32Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
    • B01J20/3231Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
    • B01J20/3242Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2220/00Aspects relating to sorbent materials
    • B01J2220/40Aspects relating to the composition of sorbent or filter aid materials
    • B01J2220/46Materials comprising a mixture of inorganic and organic materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2220/00Aspects relating to sorbent materials
    • B01J2220/50Aspects relating to the use of sorbent or filter aid materials
    • B01J2220/56Use in the form of a bed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2220/00Aspects relating to sorbent materials
    • B01J2220/80Aspects related to sorbents specially adapted for preparative, analytical or investigative chromatography
    • B01J2220/82Shaped bodies, e.g. monoliths, plugs, tubes, continuous beds

Definitions

  • Packing materials for liquid chromatography are generally classified into two types; organic materials, e.g., polydivinylbenzene, and inorganic materials typified by silica. Many organic materials are chemically stable against strongly alkaline and strongly acidic mobile phases, allowing flexibility in the choice of mobile phase pH. However, organic chromatographic materials generally result in columns with low efficiency, particularly with low molecular-weight analytes. Many organic chromatographic materials not only lack the mechanical strength of typical chromatographic silica and also shrink and swell when the composition of the mobile phase is changed.
  • Silica is the material most widely used in High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography (UPLC), and Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC).
  • HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • UPLC Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • SFC Supercritical Fluid Chromatography
  • the most common applications employ silica that has been surface-derivatized with an organic functional group such as octadecyl (C18), octyl (C8), phenyl, amino, cyano, etc.
  • organic functional group such as octadecyl (C18), octyl (C8), phenyl, amino, cyano, etc.
  • these packing materials result in columns that have high efficiency and do not show evidence of shrinking or swelling.
  • HMT Current Hybrid Material Technologies
  • Superficially porous particles also called pellicular, fused-core, or core-shell particles
  • These earlier superficially porous materials had thin porous layers, prepared from the adsorption of silica sols to the surface of ill-defined, polydisperse, nonporous silica cores (>20 ⁇ m). The process of spray coating or passing a solution of sols through a bed of particles was commonly used. Kirkland extensively explored the use of superficially porous particles throughout this time and helped develop the Zipax brand of superficially porous materials in the 1970's. A review of Kirkland's career was provided by Unger ( Journal of Chromatography A, 1060 (2004) 1).
  • Narrow distribution superficially porous particles have been reported by Kirkland (US Application 20070189944) using a Layer-by-Layer approach (LBL)—however these particles are not highly spherical.
  • LBL Layer-by-Layer approach
  • Other surfactant-templated approaches can yield low yields of narrow distribution, fully porous particles, however these approaches have not been used to prepare monodisperse, spherical superficially porous particles having chromatographically enhanced pore geometry.
  • Modern, commercially available superficially porous particles use smaller ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ m), monodiisperse, spherical, high purity non-porous silica cores.
  • a porous layer is formed, growing these particles to a final diameter between 1.7-2.7 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the porous layer and pore diameter are optimized to suit a particular application (e.g., small vs. large molecule separations).
  • these material are calcined (500-1000° C. in air). Additional pore enlargement, acid treatment, rehydroxylation, and bonding steps have been reported.
  • these reported superficially porous particle processes differ, they can be classified as layering of preformed sols (e.g., AMT process) or growth using high purity tetraalkoxysilane monomers (e.g., the University of Cork process).
  • the AMT and University of Cork processes are similar in that they incorporate a repeated in-process workup (over nine times) using centrifugation followed by redispersion.
  • the AMT process this is a requirement of the layer-by-layer approach, in which alternate layers of positively charged poly-electrolyte and negatively charged silica sols are applied.
  • the in-process workup is used to reduce reseeding and agglomeration events.
  • Particles prepared by this approach have smooth particle surfaces and have notable layer formation by FIB/SEM analysis. While both approaches use similar spherical monodisperse silica cores that increase in particle size as the porous layer increases, they differ in final particle morphology of the superficially porous particle.
  • the AMT process results in bumpy surface features and variation of the porous layer thickness. This difference in surface morphology may be due to variation in the initial layering of sols.
  • Most notably both processes use high temperature thermal treatment in air to remove additives (polyelectrolyte or surfactants) and improve the mechanical properties of their superficially porous particles. Since hybrid materials are not thermally stable above 600° C., this approach is not applicable to the formation of hybrid superficially porous particles.
  • packing materials including fully porous and superficially porous materials, can be prepared with controlled and desirable pore diameters and chromatographically enhanced pore geometry.
  • porous materials having controlled porosity can be prepared with improved chemical stability with high pH mobile phases.
  • chromatographic materials e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • the invention provides a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • the chromatographic material having controlled porosity is in the form of a particle, a monolith, or a superficially porous material.
  • the chromatographic materials of the invention have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry. In certain specific embodiments, the chromatographic materials of the invention do not have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry.
  • the invention provides a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising a chromatographic core material having a primary surface and one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material.
  • the chromatographic core material having a primary surface of the materials of the invention is a nonporous material, a substantially nonporous material, a superficially porous material, or a fully porous material.
  • the chromatographic core material is an inorganic material, an organic material, or an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • the chromatographic core material is an inorganic material; silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material.
  • the chromatographic core material is not a hollow core material.
  • the chromatographic core material having a primary surface of the materials of the invention has the formula:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R 1 and R 2 are optionally substituted;
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20:
  • repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond
  • x and y are positive numbers
  • z 0, then 0.002 ⁇ x/y ⁇ 210, and when z ⁇ 0, then 0.0003 ⁇ y/z ⁇ 500 and 0.002 ⁇ x/(y+z) ⁇ 210; or
  • repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond,
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond;
  • x and y are positive
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises one or more nanoparticles.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently an inorganic material or an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently diamond, carbon black, graphite, a carbon nanotube, silicon carbide, or an oxide or nitride of aluminum, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, or boron.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently a material having the formula has the formula:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl:
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 , C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R 1 and R 2 are optionally substituted;
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20:
  • repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond
  • x and y are positive numbers
  • z 0, then 0.002 ⁇ x/y ⁇ 210, and when z ⁇ 0, then 0.0003 ⁇ y/z ⁇ 500 and 0.002 ⁇ x/(y+z) ⁇ 210; or
  • repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond,
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond;
  • x and y are positive
  • the materials used in each layer of the chromatographic surface material may be a mixture of more than one type of material.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles has a average diameter of 1-400 nm, or of 5-200 nm.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises nanoparticles of two or more different average diameters.
  • each layer independently comprises nanoparticles different average diameters, wherein the two different average diameters is a larger average diameter and a smaller average diameter.
  • the diameter ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently greater than 1.75; in the range of 1.75 to 100, or in the range of 2-50.
  • weight ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently from about 19:1 to 0.05:1; from about 15:1 to about 0.25:1; or from about 10:1 to about 0.5:1.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore diameter of 20 to 1500 Angstroms. In still other embodiments, the average pore diameter of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has specific surface area of 25 to 1100 m 2 /g. In still other embodiments, the specific surface area of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore volume of 0.15 to 1.5 cm 3 /g. In still other embodiments, the average pore volume of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in s average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • the predetermined pattern includes variations of two or more of average pore diameter, average pore volume, or specific surface area.
  • the predetermined pattern can be developed to produce a desired shape to the pores or a desired property at a particular location within the pore.
  • the least one layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material is an inorganic/organic hybrid material which comprises a hydrophobic surface group and one or more ionizable modifiers.
  • each ionizable modifier independently contains a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an arylsulfonic group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an amino group, an imido group, an amido group, a pyridyl group, an imidazolyl group, an ureido group, a thionyl-ureido group or an aminosilane group.
  • each ionizable modifier is independently obtained from an ionizable modifying reagent selected from groups having the formula (I)
  • n is an integer from 1-8;
  • v 0 or 1
  • m′ is an integer from 1-8;
  • Z represents a chemically reactive group, including (but not limited to)
  • Y is an embedded polar functionality
  • each occurrence of R 1 independently represents a chemically reactive group on silicon, including (but not limited to) —H, —OH, —OR 6 , dialkylamine, triflate, Br, Cl, I, vinyl, alkene, or —(CH 2 ) m -Q;
  • each occurrence of Q is —OH, —OR 6 , amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • n 1-8
  • p is an integer from 1-3:
  • each occurrence of R 1′ independently represents F, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl, fluoroalkyl, or fluoroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R 2 , R 2′ , R 3 and R 3′ independently represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 2 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 4 -C 18 heteroaryl, —Z, or a group having the formula —Si(R′) b R′′ a or —C(R′) b R′′ a ;
  • R′ represents a C 1 -C 6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group
  • R′′ is a functionalizing group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety;
  • R 4 represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 5 represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R 6 independently represents C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • Het represents a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring system comprising at least one nitrogen atom
  • A represents an acidic ionizable modifier moiety or a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety.
  • the molar ratio of the hydrophobic surface group: ionizable modifier is from about 2.5:1 to about 350:1; about 3:1 to about 200:1; or about 4:1 to about 35:1.
  • the concentration of ionizable modifier is less than about 0.5 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; less than about 0.4 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; less than about 0.3 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; from about 0.01 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.5 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; from about 0.01 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.4 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; or from about 0.03 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.3 ⁇ mol/m 2 .
  • the chromatographic material of the invention has a surface area of about 25 to 1100 m 2 /g; of about 80 to 500 m 2 /g; or of about 120 to 330 m 2 /g.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention has a pore volume of about 0.15 to 1.7 cm 3 /g; or of about 0.5 to 1.3 cm 3 /g.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention has a micropore surface area of less than about 110 m 2 /g; of less than about 105 m 2 /g; of less than about 80 m 2 /g; of less than about 50 m 2 /g.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention has an average pore diameter of about 20 to 1500 ⁇ ; of about 50 to 1000 ⁇ ; of about 100 to 750 ⁇ ; of about 110 to 500 ⁇ ; of about 100 to 750 ⁇ ; or of about 110 to 500 ⁇ .
  • the chromatographic material of the invention where the material is a particle having a chromatographic core, the a ratio of core diameter to particle diameter of 0.05-0.99; or from 0.2-0.95.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention The chromatographic material of Claim 1, wherein said chromatographic material is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 14; of about 10 to about 14; or of about 1 to about 5.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention further comprises a surface modification.
  • the material has been surface modified by coating with a polymer; b by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification; by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer; by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer; via formation of an organic covalent bond between the material's organic group and the modifying reagent; or by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the invention provides a separations device having a stationary phase comprising the chromatographic material of the invention.
  • said device is selected from the group consisting of chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, microfluidic separation devices, sample cleanup devices, solid supports, microchip separation devices, and microtiter plates.
  • the separations device is useful for applications selected from the group consisting of solid phase extraction, high pressure liquid chromatography, combinatorial chemistry, synthesis, biological assays, ultra performance liquid chromatography, ultra fast liquid chromatography, ultra high pressure liquid chromatography, supercritical fluid chromatography, and mass spectrometry.
  • the invention provides a chromatographic column, comprising
  • the invention provides a kit comprising the chromatographic material of the invention and instructions for use.
  • the instructions are for use with a separations device, including, but not limited to chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, microfluidic separation devices, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates.
  • the invention provides a chromatographic device, comprising
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material according to the invention comprising the steps of:
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material according to the invention comprising the steps of:
  • each instance of the polyelectrolyte is independently a linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or ethylene oxide groups and one or more primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone groups, pyridine groups, or imidazole groups, wherein each polyelectrolyte may be positively or negatively charged.
  • the polyelectrolyte is removed by calcination, thermal treatment, chemical extraction, degradation, ozonolysis, or combinations thereof.
  • the methods of the invention further comprise a post-synthetic processing step.
  • the post-synthetic processing step is endcapping, hydrothermal treatment, extraction, ozonolysis, lyophilization, pseudomorphic transformation, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic surrounding material, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, drying, thermal treatment, dispersion, acid treatment, reaction with a hybrid functional group, surface modification, grinding, classification, sedimentation, or combinations thereof.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising the superficially porous material of the invention, and instructions for use.
  • the instructions are for use with a separations device.
  • the separations device is selected from the group consisting of chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, microfluidic separation devices, solid phase extraction devices, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates.
  • FIG. 2 shows representative selected physical property distributions of superficially porous materials having normalized surface area (SA, left) and normalized pore diameter (PD, right) along the radius of a particle (1).
  • SA normalized surface area
  • PD normalized pore diameter
  • the solid lines represent the planned changes in surface area and pore diameter going from the core of the nonporous particle to the external particle surface.
  • the dotted line represents deviations in pore properties near the nonporous core surface.
  • FIG. 3 shows an estimation of specific surface area (SSA) for silica nanoparticles, using Equation 2.
  • FIG. 4 shows an estimation of core weight fraction for different superficially porous silica materials based on the ratio of core diameter to particle diameter (Rho).
  • FIG. 5 shows an estimation of SSA for a superficially porous silica material using different silica nanoparticles in the synthesis and Rho of 0.73 or 0.90. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 6 shows an estimation of SSA for superficially porous silica material using different silica nanoparticles (5-30 nm) and different Rho. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 7 shows an estimation of average pore diameter (APD) for different superficially porous silica materials based on different silica nanoparticles. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer. Estimation of APD for different superficially porous silica materials based on different silica nanoparticles. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • APD average pore diameter
  • FIG. 8 shows an estimation of SSA for Products 1a-1j. Estimated SSA is included using Equations 2-4, having modified apparent nanoparticle size. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 9 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 1j and 2r.
  • FIG. 10 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3a, 7a and 7b from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 11 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3c, 7c and 7d from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 12 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3e, 7e and 7f from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 13 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 3e and 7f.
  • FIG. 14 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 1j, 3a, and 3f from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 15 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 3f, 7g and 7h.
  • SA Surface Area
  • FIG. 20 shows the estimated Pore Diameter (PD) of porous layer from the core surface (origin of the x-axis) to the external surface (far right of the x-axis) for Products of Example 6.
  • Rho the origin of the x-axis represents the center of the fully porous material.
  • FIG. 24 shows the Molecular Weight and Approximate molecular radius for selected proteins in Table 6, with reported molecule size fitting Models 1-4.
  • FIG. 26 shows the cross-sectional geometry of a torus-shaped or a toroid-shaped superficially porous particle.
  • d1 diameter across the ring of material;
  • d2 diameter across the nonporous core ring of material;
  • d3 diameter across the internal vacant ring;
  • d4 cross section particle diameter;
  • c1 center of material ring (found at d1 ⁇ 2);
  • FIG. 27 is a graphical depiction of Ostwald ripening.
  • FIG. 28 presents synthetic schemes useful for the preparation of the materials of the invention. The schemes are described in detail below.
  • the present invention provides novel chromatographic materials, e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • novel chromatographic materials e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • the present invention will be more fully illustrated by reference to the definitions set forth below.
  • the present invention provides novel chromatographic materials, e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • novel chromatographic materials e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • the present invention will be more fully illustrated by reference to the definitions set forth below.
  • Hybrid including “hybrid inorganic/organic material,” includes inorganic-based structures wherein an organic functionality is integral to both the internal or “skeletal” inorganic structure as well as the hybrid material surface.
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may be, e.g., alumina, silica, titanium, cerium, or “Hybrid” includes inorganic-based structures wherein an organic functionality is integral to both the internal or “skeletal” inorganic structure as well as the hybrid material surface.
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may be, e.g., alumina, silica, titanium, cerium, or zirconium oxides, or ceramic material; in an advantageous embodiment, the inorganic portion of the hybrid material is silica.
  • exemplary hybrid materials are shown in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,017,528, 6,528,167, 6,686,035 and 7,175,913 and International Application Publication No. WO2008/103423.
  • alicyclic group includes closed ring structures of three or more carbon atoms.
  • Alicyclic groups include cycloparaffins or naphthenes which are saturated cyclic hydrocarbons, cycloolefins, which are unsaturated with two or more double bonds, and cycloacetylenes which have a triple bond. They do not include aromatic groups.
  • Examples of cycloparaffins include cyclopropane, cyclohexane and cyclopentane.
  • cycloolefins include cyclopentadiene and cyclooctatetraene.
  • Alicyclic groups also include fused ring structures and substituted alicyclic groups such as alkyl substituted alicyclic groups.
  • such substituents can further comprise a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3, —CN, or the like.
  • aliphatic group includes organic compounds characterized by straight or branched chains, typically having between 1 and 22 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups. In complex structures, the chains can be branched or cross-linked. Alkyl groups include saturated hydrocarbons having one or more carbon atoms, including straight-chain alkyl groups and branched-chain alkyl groups. Such hydrocarbon moieties may be substituted on one or more carbons with, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a thiol, an amino, an alkoxy, an alkylcarboxy, an alkylthio, or a nitro group.
  • lower aliphatic as used herein means an aliphatic group, as defined above (e.g., lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl), but having from one to six carbon atoms.
  • Representative of such lower aliphatic groups, e.g., lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-chloropropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-aminobutyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, 3-thiopentyl and the like.
  • alkylamino means an alkyl group, as defined above, having an amino group attached thereto. Suitable alkylamino groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfhydryl group attached thereto.
  • Suitable alkylthio groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkylcarboxyl as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, having a carboxyl group attached thereto.
  • alkoxy as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto.
  • Representative alkoxy groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous to alkyls, but which contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. Suitable alkenyl and alkynyl groups include groups having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl includes saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups.
  • a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C30 for straight chain or C3-C30 for branched chain.
  • a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 20 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C20 for straight chain or C3-C20 for branched chain, and more advantageously 18 or fewer.
  • advantageous cycloalkyls have from 4-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure and more advantageously have 4-7 carbon atoms in the ring structure.
  • lower alkyl refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbons in the chain and to cycloalkyls having from 3 to 6 carbons in the ring structure.
  • alkyl (including “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification and Claims includes both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
  • substituents can include, for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfate, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl
  • aralkyl is an alkyl substituted with an aryl, e.g., having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon ring atoms, e.g., phenylmethyl (benzyl).
  • amino refers to an unsubstituted or substituted moiety of the formula —NRaRb, in which Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl, or Ra and Rb, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety having from 3 to 8 atoms in the ring.
  • amino includes cyclic amino moieties such as piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups, unless otherwise stated.
  • An “amino-substituted amino group” refers to an amino group in which at least one of Ra and Rb, is further substituted with an amino group.
  • aromatic group includes unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbons containing one or more rings.
  • Aromatic groups include 5- and 6-membered single-ring groups which may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine and the like.
  • the aromatic ring may be substituted at one or more ring positions with, for example, a halogen, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3. —CN, or the like.
  • aryl includes 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, unsubstituted or substituted benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine and the like.
  • Aryl groups also include polycyclic fused aromatic groups such as naphthyl, quinolyl, indolyl and the like. The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents, e.g., as described above for alkyl groups.
  • Suitable aryl groups include unsubstituted and substituted phenyl groups.
  • aryloxy as used herein means an aryl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto.
  • aralkoxy as used herein means an aralkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto. Suitable aralkoxy groups have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon ring atoms, e.g., O-benzyl.
  • ceramic precursor is intended include any compound that results in the formation of a ceramic material.
  • Chiral moiety is intended to include any functionality that allows for chiral or stereoselective syntheses.
  • Chiral moieties include, but are not limited to, substituent groups having at least one chiral center, natural and unnatural amino-acids, peptides and proteins, derivatized cellulose, macrocyclic antibiotics, cyclodextrins, crown ethers, and metal complexes.
  • chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry includes the geometry of the pore configuration of the presently-disclosed materials, which has been found to enhance the chromatographic separation ability of the material, e.g., as distinguished from other chromatographic media in the art.
  • a geometry can be formed, selected or constructed, and various properties and/or factors can be used to determine whether the chromatographic separations ability of the material has been “enhanced”, e.g., as compared to a geometry known or conventionally used in the art. Examples of these factors include high separation efficiency, longer column life and high mass transfer properties (as evidenced by, e.g., reduced band spreading and good peak shape.) These properties can be measured or observed using art-recognized techniques.
  • the chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry of the present porous materials is distinguished from the prior art particles by the absence of “ink bottle” or “shell shaped” pore geometry or morphology, both of which are undesirable because they, e.g., reduce mass transfer rates, leading to lower efficiencies.
  • Chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry is found in porous materials containing only a small population of micropores. Porous materials with such a low micropore surface area (MSA) give chromatographic enhancements including high separation efficiency and good mass transfer properties (as evidenced by, e.g., reduced band spreading and good peak shape).
  • Micropore surface area is defined as the surface area in pores with diameters less than or equal to 34 ⁇ , determined by multipoint nitrogen sorption analysis from the adsorption leg of the isotherm using the BJH method.
  • MSA Micropore surface area
  • the term “functionalizing group” includes organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase.
  • heterocyclic group includes closed ring structures in which one or more of the atoms in the ring is an element other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen.
  • Heterocyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated and heterocyclic groups such as pyrrole and furan can have aromatic character. They include fused ring structures such as quinoline and isoquinoline. Other examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridine and purine.
  • Heterocyclic groups can also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms with, for example, a halogen, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3, —CN, or the like.
  • Suitable heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups generally will have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one or more N, O or S atoms. e.g.
  • metal oxide precursor includes any compound that contains a metal and results in the formation of a metal oxide. e.g., alumina, silica, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, or cerium oxide.
  • the term “monolith” is intended to include a collection of individual particles packed into a bed formation, in which the shape and morphology of the individual particles are maintained.
  • the particles are advantageously packed using a material that binds the particles together.
  • Any number of binding materials that are well known in the art can be used such as, for example, linear or cross-linked polymers of divinylbenzene, methacrylate, urethanes, alkenes, alkynes, amines, amides, isocyanates, or epoxy groups, as well as condensation reactions of organoalkoxysilanes, tetraalkoxysilanes, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, polyethoxysiloxanes, and ceramic precursors.
  • the term “monolith” also includes hybrid monoliths made by other methods, such as hybrid monoliths detailed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,214; hybrid monoliths prepared from the condensation of one or more monomers that contain 0-99 mole percent silica (e.g., SiO 2 ); hybrid monoliths prepared from coalesced porous inorganic/organic particles; hybrid monoliths that have a chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry; hybrid monoliths that do not have a chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry; hybrid monoliths that have ordered pore structure; hybrid monoliths that have non-periodic pore structure; hybrid monoliths that have non-crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering; hybrid monoliths that have crystalline domains or regions; hybrid monoliths with a variety of different macropore and mesopore properties; and hybrid monoliths in a variety of different aspect ratios.
  • the term “monolith” also includes inorganic monoliths, such as those described
  • nanoparticle is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 nm), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline. Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others. Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth.
  • the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof.
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form).
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof.
  • the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous.
  • the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter. e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter. e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • substantially disordered refers to a lack of pore ordering based on x-ray powder diffraction analysis. Specifically, “substantially disordered” is defined by the lack of a peak at a diffraction angle that corresponds to a d value (or d-spacing) of at least 1 nm in an x-ray diffraction pattern.
  • “Surface modifiers” include (typically) organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase.
  • the porous inorganic/organic hybrid particles possess both organic groups and silanol groups which may additionally be substituted or derivatized with a surface modifier.
  • surface modified is used herein to describe the composite material of the present invention that possess both organic groups and silanol groups which may additionally be substituted or derivatized with a surface modifier.
  • Surface modifiers include (typically) organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase. Surface modifiers such as disclosed herein are attached to the base material, e.g., via derivatization or coating and later crosslinking, imparting the chemical character of the surface modifier to the base material.
  • the organic groups of a hybrid material e.g., particle, react to form an organic covalent bond with a surface modifier.
  • the modifiers can form an organic covalent bond to the material's organic group via a number of mechanisms well known in organic and polymer chemistry including but not limited to nucleophilic, electrophilic, cycloaddition, free-radical, carbene, nitrene, and carbocation reactions.
  • Organic covalent bonds are defined to involve the formation of a covalent bond between the common elements of organic chemistry including but not limited to hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, and the halogens.
  • carbon-silicon and carbon-oxygen-silicon bonds are defined as organic covalent bonds, whereas silicon-oxygen-silicon bonds that are not defined as organic covalent bonds.
  • a variety of synthetic transformations are well known in the literature, see, e.g., March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry, 3 rd Edition , Wiley, New York, 1985.
  • composite material and the term “composite” are used interchangeably herein to describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure.
  • the composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature.
  • the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type.
  • the terms “material having a high thermal conductivity”, “high thermal conductivity core”, and a “high thermal conductivity additive” are defined as a material, core material, or composite additive having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • the additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from; about 20 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3500 W/(m ⁇ K); about 100 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3300 W/(m ⁇ K); and 400 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3000 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • High thermal conductivity cores or additives can be, for example and without limitation, a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a “high thermal diffusivity” core or additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous materials as having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm 2 /s.
  • the core or additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm 2 /s to not more than 2000 mm 2 /s; about 100 mm 2 /s to not more than 1600 mm 2 /s; and 150 mm 2 /s to not more than 1400 mm 2 /s.
  • This high thermal conductivity core or additive can be a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a “high thermal conductivity superficially porous material (or particle)” is defined as a material that has improved thermal conductivity or improved thermal diffusivity over a porous silica particle of the same size.
  • the higher thermal conductivity superficially porous material is a material that has improved thermal conductivity or thermal diffusivity over a superficially porous silica particle of the same size.
  • the higher thermal conductivity superficially porous material is a material that has improved thermal conductivity over a fully porous hybrid particle of the same size. Determination of particle thermal conductivity can be made by the method of Gritti and Guiochon [J. Chromatogr. A, 2010, 1217, 5137) taking into account differences in bulk material properties, pore volume, surface modification type and coverage.
  • magnetic material is defined as a material, core material, or composite additive that gas a mass magnetization (a, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m 2 /kg).
  • Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • fines refers to undesired materials generated in the processes of the invention that are below the 10 vo % of the target particle size distribution. Fines can be formed from reseeding events or from particle breakage. Resulting fines can be nonporous or fully porous. Often fines are substantially smaller than the 10 vol % of the target particle size distribution. Often fines are ⁇ 1 um in size. Very small fines can cause problems in chromatography in that the percolate through the packed bed and get stuck in the outlet frit. This generates increased column pressure. Alternatively fines small enough to percolate through the packed bed and outlet frit can result in problems with detectors and can contaminate a product.
  • detector problems with detector include clogging flow channels, blocking detector windows, and anomalous detector readings. Such issues can reduce the lifetime of a detector and can require extensive cleaning protocols. Such issues can also impact the precision, accuracy, reliability, reproducibility, and robustness of analytical data generated. Fines can be removed by classification.
  • aggregates and agglomerates refer to undesired materials generated in the processes of the invention that are larger than the 90 vol % of the target particle size distribution, aggregates and/or agglomerates can form from imperfections of the core material, improper mixing or dispersion in the process, or excessive forces during workup. Aggregates and agglomerates can impact the efficiency, permeability, reproducibility and robustness of packed beds within chromatographic columns. It is difficult to optimally pack a chromatographic column with materials having an elevated amount of aggregates and agglomerates. Aggregates and agglomerates can break apart within a packed bed structure when exposed to high pressures and shears. This can result in a mechanical instability of the packed bed and the result of a void on the top of the column. This breaking of aggregates and agglomerates can also result in the generation of fines. Aggregates and agglomerates can be removed by classification.
  • substantially nonporous refers to a material which, although porous, is impermeable or otherwise functions as a non-porous material. Such a substantially nonporous material has a pore volume of less than about 0.10 cc/g.
  • controlled porosity refers to porosity which is developed into a predetermined or desired shape or pattern.
  • the controlled porosity refers to the changing of an already established porous surface, for example adding a narrower pore diameter to an established wider pore network.
  • the controlled porosity refers to a porosity which is devieloved to form a specific pattern as measured from the core material to the outermost surface.
  • surface refers to the structure of the external facing portion of the material, core, or layer.
  • the primary surface refers to the structure of the chromatographic core material prior to the addition of any surface layers.
  • the “outermost surface” refers to the external facing portion of the final material after all layers have been completed.
  • ther “90/10 ratio” refers to the ratio of the particle size distribution of a particulate material of the invention.
  • the particle sizes of the material is measured and plotted on an S-curve.
  • the particle size value of represented by 90% of the particles i.e. the value for which 90% of the particles are equal to or smaller than
  • the particle size value represented by 10% of the particles is compared as a ratio to the particle size value represented by 10% of the particles (i.e., the value for which 10&% of the particles is equal to or smaller than).
  • the invention employs the phenomenon of Ostwald Ripening in the construction of sol based structures with increased isotropic macroporosity or anisotropic macroporosity gradients.
  • the net effect of Ostwald ripening is depicted FIG. 27 .
  • nanoparticles and/or smaller sols which have higher surface area and positive curvature, are preferentially dissolved and deposited in areas of lower or negative curvature.
  • This invention has the advantage of being able to form unique porosities off of a preformed surface.
  • the preferential treatment of smaller nanoparticles and sols over larger ones allows for the creation of a predetermined pattern of pores with regard to pore shape, pore diameter, pore volume, or specific surface area,
  • the preformed surface is a membrane (e.g., 0.2 pm polypropylene or 0.2 pm anodized alumina) unique porosities can be prepared having changes in pore diameter from high-to-low, low-to-high, repeated porosity profiles, or any possibility therein to create unique porous devices that can be used for sample prep, sample concentrations, solvent purification, ultracentrifugation membranes, dialysis membranes, salt-bridges or other applications
  • the preformed surface is a fully porous particle this approach can be used to create new fully porous particles with unique properties.
  • the preformed fully porous particle may have pore diameters that may be advantageous for certain applications (i.e., 5 50 Angstroms used for desalting) while the larger pore(s) can be used for another application (i.e., reversed-phase protein or peptide separations).
  • the end result it a separation device that performs more than one separation in either a simultaneously or sequential manner.
  • the preformed fully porous particle has wider pore diameters (e.g., >1000 Angstrom) this approach can be used to create additional porosity within the same particle diameter.
  • the wider pores are acting as a scaffold for the internal pores.
  • This approach can be used to increase surface porosity at the outer surface of the particle. This creates differences in external film mass transfer, and improves diffusion into the porous network. Such approaches may have utility in column separations as well as sample preparation devices.
  • spherical performed particles can be modified to form non-spherical particles, oblong particles, dumbbell-shaped particles, granular particles or agglomerated materials.
  • Such materials can be used advantageously in chromatography to create new column packing materials that acceptable efficiency with lower column pressure.
  • Such controlled morphology particles may provide much of the benefits of monolithic materials, without the synthetic complexity, shrinkage, or the reproducibility concerns of monoliths.
  • the preformed surface is a monolith
  • this approach can be used to create new monoliths with unique properties.
  • the use of a compliant porous layer on the exterior of a preformed monolith may allow improved cladding or column fabrication.
  • the use of an organofunctional containing external layer may allow a unique means for improved wall attachment.
  • the use of this invention on a monolith may allow for improved porosity control. For example an open monolith that contains little mesoporosity and almost all macroporosity can benefit from this technique as acting as a three-dimensional scaffold for the formation of a mesoporous or porous framework.
  • the preformed surface is an open scaffold (e.g., wire mesh, glass wool, fiber mesh)
  • new porous materials and devices can be formed that have unique porosity.
  • One particular aspect of this invention is when the preformed surface is a flexible tube or wire.
  • this invention can be utilized to modify the wall structure (e.g., change square channels to have rounded corners or have more circular cross-sections. Alternatively this approach can be controlled to create new porous layer open tubular.
  • a capillary wall e.g., glass walled capillaries, alumina surface microfluidic devices, ceramic microfluidic devices, titania microfluidic devices, plastic capillaries or microfluidic devices
  • this invention can be utilized to modify the wall structure (e.g., change square channels to have rounded corners or have more circular cross-sections.
  • this approach can be controlled to create new porous layer open tubular.
  • One concern about traditional methods of creating silica PLOT columns is the need to use elevated temperatures to remove the polyelectrolyte and other binding chemicals—as well as to sinter or mechanically strengthen the porous layer.
  • This invention allows for a unique means of creating hybrid materials through redistribution of the dissolved silicate species.
  • the hybrid network is more resistance to base treatment, while the silica sols dissolve more readily.
  • This can be used homogeneously or heterogeneously.
  • we can create specific layers or areas of increased hybrid or silica content within the porous layer.
  • the invention allows for a unique means of creating controlled porosity in a superficially porous material.
  • the invention provides porous materials, particles and/or monoliths comprising a core and one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material surrounding the core.
  • the porous material of the invention a substantially narrow particle size distribution.
  • the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.55. In specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.10 or from 1.05-1.10. In other specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.10-1.55; from 1.10-1.50; or from 1.30-1.45.
  • the porous material of the invention wherein the material has chromatographically enhancing pore geometry. That is, in some embodiments, the superficially porous material of the invention has only a small population of micropores.
  • the porous material of the invention does not have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry.
  • the HPCM of the invention has chromatographically enhancing pore geometry.
  • the porous material of the invention has a surface area of about 25 to 1100 m 2 /g; about 80 to 500 m 2 /g; or about 120 to 330 m 2 /g.
  • the porous material of the invention a pore volume of about 0.15 to 1.7 cm 3 /g; or about 0.5 to 1.3 cm 3 /g.
  • the porous material of the invention is non-porous.
  • the porous material of the invention has a micropore surface area of less than about 110 m 2 /g; less than about 105 m 2 /g; less than about 80 m 2 /g; or less than about 50 m 2 /g.
  • the porous material of the invention has an average pore diameter of about 20 to 1500 ⁇ ; about 50 to 1000 ⁇ ; about 100 to 750 ⁇ ; or about 150 to 500 ⁇ .
  • the measurement refers to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises one or more nanoparticles.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently an inorganic material or an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • the materials used in each layer of the chromatographic surface material may be a mixture of more than one type of material.
  • each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles has a average diameter of 1-400 nm, or of 5-200 nm.
  • each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises nanoparticles of two or more different average diameters.
  • each layer independently comprises nanoparticles different average diameters, wherein the two different average diameters is a larger average diameter and a smaller average diameter.
  • the diameter ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently greater than 1.75; in the range of 1.75 to 100, or in the range of 2-50.
  • weight ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently from about 19:1 to 0.05:1; from about 15:1 to about 0.25:1; or from about 10:1 to about 0.5:1.
  • particle porosity can be characterized using nitrogen sorption analysis and characterized in terms of TPV, SSA and APD.
  • APD ⁇ 4TPV/SSA follows a cylinder pore model with is most applicable with materials having well-formed and opened pore structures. This model does not accurately fit closed or not-well formed pore structures.
  • Nitrogen sorption analysis works best for pores less than about 500 Angstroms in APD. Such a technique is well suited for characterization of meso- and micropores, but is not suitable for characterization of macroporous materials or materials containing large voids.
  • a core material is utilized.
  • the core material has a primary surface which is then altered by the chromatographic surface material to provide a chromatographic material having a predetermined pore size, shape, or composition.
  • the core material is a nonporous core, a substantially nonporous core, a fully porous core, or a superficially porous core. In most instances a nonporous core or a substantially nonporous core is utilized.
  • the core material is a solid material. That is, in certain embodiments the core material is not hollow.
  • the core material is silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material.
  • the core material can be an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • the core may have a surrounding material made of an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • the inorganic/organic hybrid material has the formula:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R 1 and R 2 are optionally substituted;
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20;
  • repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond
  • x and y are positive numbers
  • z 0, then 0.002 ⁇ x/y ⁇ 210, and when z ⁇ 0, then 0.0003 ⁇ y/z ⁇ 500 and 0.002 ⁇ x/(y+z) ⁇ 210; or the formula:
  • repeat units A, B. B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond,
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond;
  • x and y are positive
  • the surrounding material may be porous, nonporous or substantially nonporous and the primary surface of the core material is to be considered the outermost surface of the surrounding material.
  • the core materials are composite materials.
  • Composite materials describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure.
  • the composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature.
  • the short-hand convention used herein to describe a composite material containing a dispersed nanoparticle, Np/(A) w (B) x (C) y may be understood as follows: the symbolic representation to the left of the slash mark represents the dispersed nanoparticle, and the symbolic representations to the right of the slash mark represent the components that comprise the material that the nanoparticle (noted on the left of the slash mark) is dispersed within.
  • the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type. (Nanocomposites Science and Technology, edited by P. M.
  • nanoparticle is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 ⁇ m), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline.
  • Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others.
  • Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth. Extensive reviews have documented recent developments in nano-phase materials, and are incorporated herein by reference thereto: Gleiter, H. (1989) “Nano-crystalline materials,” Prog. Mater. Sci. 33:223-315 and Siegel. R. W. (1993) “Synthesis and properties of nano-phase materials,” Mater.
  • the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof.
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form).
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof.
  • the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous.
  • the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • Nanoparticles are of great scientific interest as they are effectively a bridge between bulk materials and atomic or molecular structures.
  • a bulk material should have constant physical properties regardless of its size, but at the nano-scale this is often not the case. Size-dependent properties are observed such as quantum confinement in semiconductor particles, surface plasmon resonance in some metal particles and superparamagnetism in magnetic materials.
  • the composite materials include magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity, or mixtures thereof.
  • the cores themselves are magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity or mixtures thereof.
  • Materials having a high thermal conductivity, high thermal conductivity cores or a high thermal conductivity additives are defined as materials having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • the additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from: about 20 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3500 W/(m ⁇ K); about 100 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3300 W/(m ⁇ K); and 400 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3000 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a high thermal diffusivity additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm 2 /s.
  • the additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm 2 /s to not more than 2000 mm 2 /s; about 100 mm 2 /s to not more than 1600 mm 2 /s; and 150 mm 2 /s to not more than 1400 mm 2 /s.
  • This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a magnetic material include materials that have a mass magnetization (o, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m 2 /kg).
  • Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • the cores are spherical.
  • the spherical core has a non-crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering.
  • the spherical core has a non-periodic pore structure.
  • the core has an average size of about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 300 ⁇ m. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 30 ⁇ m. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 30 ⁇ m. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.9 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 1.0 ⁇ m to about 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the core material of the invention a substantially narrow particle size distribution.
  • the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.55. In specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.10 or from 1.05-1.10. In other specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.10-1.55; from 1.10-1.50; or from 1.30-1.45.
  • the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 14. In one embodiment, the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 10 to about 14. In another embodiment, the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 5.
  • the core material can be any commercial core material.
  • the core material can be synthesized using standard protocols.
  • particular approaches may be used to prepare a spherical, substantially spherical or highly spherical core material which is non-porous or substantially non-porous.
  • spherical silica or hybrid non-porous cores are prepared following standard protocols.
  • a superficially porous layer is formed using two or more of the following; TEOS, a thermally degradable organofunctional silane (e.g., acetoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or bromoethyltrialkoxysilane) along with a more thermally stable hybrid silanes, such as (but not limited to) phenylene bridged silanes.
  • TEOS a thermally degradable organofunctional silane
  • a more thermally stable hybrid silanes such as (but not limited to) phenylene bridged silanes.
  • lower temperature thermal treatment ⁇ 500° C.
  • the temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air. Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed herein.
  • the surfactant is removed by thermal treatment ( ⁇ 500° C.) at a temperature that preserves the hybrid group, while removing the surfactant. This temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air.
  • the surfactant is removed by oxidation (e.g., ozonolysis).
  • one or more of the surfactants used in this process are selected from the group of acid labile, base labile, or other labile surfactants. These labile surfactants can be reacted and removed later by selecting the correct chemical conditions (e.g., acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation, hydrogenation or hydrogenolysis). Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed above.
  • spherical silica or hybrid non-porous cores are prepared following standard protocols. Separately a hybrid sol ( ⁇ 100 nm) solution is prepared using one or more silanes that include (but is not limited to) TEOS, lower temperature degradable organofunctional silane (e.g., acetoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or bromoethyltrialkoxysilane), ethylene bridged alkoxysilanes, or phenylene bridged alkoxysilanes.
  • TEOS lower temperature degradable organofunctional silane
  • ethylene bridged alkoxysilanes e.g., ethylene bridged alkoxysilanes, or phenylene bridged alkoxysilanes.
  • a uniform superficially porous layer is then prepared in a layer-by-layer approach using a suitable positively charged polyelectrolyte.
  • Suitable polyelectrolytes include (but is not limited to) linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more of the following groups; alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, ethylene oxide groups along with one or more of the following groups; primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone, pyridine, and imidazole.
  • the polyelectrolyte is removed by thermal treatment ( ⁇ 500° C.) at a temperature that preserves the hybrid group, while removing the polyelectrolyte. This temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air. Alternatively the polyelectrolyte is removed by ozonolysis. Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed herein.
  • the materials of the invention have one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material applied to the core material.
  • one or more layers of chromatographic surface material are a porous inorganic/organic hybrid material; a porous silica or a porous composite material.
  • the materials of the invention have a rough surface. In still other aspects, the materials of the invention have a smooth surface. As used herein.
  • each porous layer is independently from 0.02 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • each porous layer is independently from 0.06 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • each porous layer is independently from 0.20 ⁇ m to 0.70 ⁇ m, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • the materials of the invention have between 1 and 30 layers of chromatographic surface material. In other embodiments between 2 and 5 layers of chromatographic surface material. In still others 1 or 2 layers of chromatographic surface materials.
  • composition of each layer of chromatographic shell material is independently chosen.
  • each layer of chromatographic shell material independently has an average pore volume of about 0.1-1.50 cm 3 /g; about 0.11-0.50 cm 3 /g; of about 0.09-0.45 cm 3 /g; or of about 0.17-0.30 cm 3 /g.
  • each layer of chromatographic shell material independently has a pore surface area between about 10 m 2 /g and 1100 m 2 /g; about 10 m 2 /g and 400 m 2 /g; between about 15 m 2 /g and 300 m 2 /g; or between about 60 m 2 /g and 200 m 2 /g.
  • the chromatographic surface material which may be layered onto the core may be independently derived from:
  • partially condensed polymeric organofunctional metal precursors a mixture of two or more polymeric organofunctional metal precursors, or a mixture of one or more polymeric organofunctional metal precursors with a polymeric metal oxide precursors on the surface of the core.
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid material is independently selected from the group consisting of alumina, silica, titania, cerium oxide, or zirconium oxides, and ceramic materials.
  • the hybrid material may independently be derived from:
  • organofunctional silane a mixture of two or more organofunctional silanes, or a mixture of one or more organofunctional silanes with a tetraalkoxysilane (i.e., tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane) on the surface of the core.
  • a tetraalkoxysilane i.e., tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane
  • the hybrid material may independently comprise from about 0-100 mol % hybrid material.
  • the inorganic portion of the surrounding material may independently be alumina, silica, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, zirconium oxide or ceramic materials or a mixture thereof.
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 0 molar % to not more than about 25 molar %, wherein the pores of the surrounding material are substantially disordered.
  • the inorganic portion of the surrounding material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 25 molar % to not more than about 50 molar %, wherein the pores of the surrounding material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material may or may not independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG).
  • CEPG chromatographically enhancing pore geometry
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid layer material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 50 molar % to not more than about 75 molar %, wherein the pores of the hybrid layer material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG).
  • CEPG chromatographically enhancing pore geometry
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid layer material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 75 molar % to not more than about 100 molar %, wherein the pores of the hybrid layer material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material may or may not independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG).
  • the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 0 molar % to not more than about 100 molar %; specifically, 0%-10%, 0%-5%, 0%-4%, 0%-3%, 0%-2%, 0%-1%, 1%-10%, 1%-5%, 1%-4%, 1%-3%, 1%-2%, 5%-100%, 10%-100%, 15%-100%, 20%-100%, 25%-100%, 30%-100%, 35%-100%, 40%-100%, 45%-100%, 55%-100%, 60%-100%, 65%100%-100% 70%-100%, 75%-100%, 80%-100%, 81%-100%, 82%-100%, 83%-100%, 84%-100%, 85%-100%, 86%-100%, 87%-100%, 88%-%, 88%-100%, 89%-110%, 90%-100%, 91%-100%, 92%-100%, 93%-100%, 94%-100%, 95%-100%, 96%-100%, 97%
  • the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula I:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0;
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20; wherein R. R 1 and R 2 are optionally substituted;
  • the hybrid layer material may comprise a material of formula II:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula III:
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 1 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20.
  • the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula IV:
  • repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond;
  • the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula V:
  • repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat units which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond;
  • R 2 in the formulas presented above may be present or absent.
  • R 1 in the formulas presented above is C 1 -C 18 alkyl group substituted by hydroxyl. In still other aspects. R 1 in the formulas presented above is hydroxypropyl. In still other aspects, the hydroxy substituted alkyl group is further functionalized by an isocyanate.
  • the isocyanate is octadecyl isocyanate, dodecyl isocyanate, pentafluorophenyl isocyanate, 4-cyanophenyl isocyanate, 3-cyanophenyl isocyanate, 2-cyanophenyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyate, benzyl isocyanate, phenethyl isocyanate or diphenylethyl isocyate.
  • the organosiloxane is, without limitation, phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysily
  • the organosiloxane is, without limitation, a substituted benzene, including (but not limited to) 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, and bis(4-triethoxysilylphenyl)diethoxysilane.
  • 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene
  • 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene
  • 1,3,5-tris(triethoxysilyl)benzene 1,3,5-tris(tri
  • the invention provides materials as described herein wherein the hybrid layer material further comprises a nanoparticle or a mixture of more than one nanoparticles dispersed within the core.
  • the nanoparticle is present in ⁇ 20% by weight of the nanocomposite, ⁇ 10% by weight of the nanocomposite, or ⁇ 5% by weight of the nanocomposite.
  • the nanoparticle is crystalline or amorphous and may be silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, oxides thereof, or a nitride thereof.
  • the nanoparticle is a substance which comprises one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide, cubic-boronitride.
  • the nanoparticles may be less than or equal to 200 nm in diameter, less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, or less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • the chromatographic surface materials are inorganic materials.
  • the inorganic surface material maybe diamond, carbon black, graphite, a carbon nanotube, silicon carbide, or an oxide or nitride of aluminum, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, or boron.
  • the chromatographic surface materials are composite materials.
  • Composite materials describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure.
  • the composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature.
  • the short-hand convention used herein to describe a composite material containing a dispersed nanoparticle, Np/(A) w (B) x (C) y may be understood as follows: the symbolic representation to the left of the slash mark represents the dispersed nanoparticle, and the symbolic representations to the right of the slash mark represent the components that comprise the material that the nanoparticle (noted on the left of the slash mark) is dispersed within.
  • the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type. (Nanocomposites Science and Technology, edited by P. M.
  • nanoparticle is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 ⁇ m), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline.
  • Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others.
  • Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth. Extensive reviews have documented recent developments in nano-phase materials, and are incorporated herein by reference thereto: Gleiter. H. (1989) “Nano-crystalline materials,” Prog. Mater. Sci. 33:223-315 and Siegel, R. W. (1993) “Synthesis and properties of nano-phase materials.” Mater.
  • the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof.
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form).
  • the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof.
  • the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous.
  • the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • Nanoparticles are of great scientific interest as they are effectively a bridge between bulk materials and atomic or molecular structures.
  • a bulk material should have constant physical properties regardless of its size, but at the nano-scale this is often not the case. Size-dependent properties are observed such as quantum confinement in semiconductor particles, surface plasmon resonance in some metal particles and superparamagnetism in magnetic materials.
  • the composite materials include magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity, or mixtures thereof.
  • Materials having a high thermal conductivity, high thermal conductivity cores or a high thermal conductivity additive is defined as a material, core or additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • the core or additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from; about 20 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3500 W/(m ⁇ K); about 100 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3300 W/(m ⁇ K); and 400 W/(m ⁇ K) to not more than 3000 W/(m ⁇ K).
  • This high thermal conductivity core or additive can be a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a high thermal diffusivity additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm 2 /s.
  • the additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm 2 /s to not more than 2000 mm 2 /s; about 100 mm 2 /s to not more than 1600 mm 2 /s; and 150 mm 2 /s to not more than 1400 mm 2 /s.
  • This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 ⁇ m core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor.
  • the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • a magnetic material include materials that have a mass magnetization (a, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m 2 /kg).
  • Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • the invention provides, a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising one or more layers of chromatographic surface material wherein the chromatographic surface material comprises a hydrophobic surface group and one or more ionizable modifiers.
  • the ionizable modifier does not contain a Zwitterion or a quaternary ammonium ion moiety.
  • composition of the chromatographic surface material and the chromatographic core material may be varied by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide enhanced chromatographic selectivity, enhanced column chemical stability, enhanced column efficiency, and/or enhanced mechanical strength.
  • composition of the surrounding material provides a change in hydrophilic/lipophilic balance (HLB), surface charge (e.g., isoelectric point or silanol pKa), and/or surface functionality for enhanced chromatographic separation.
  • HLB hydrophilic/lipophilic balance
  • surface charge e.g., isoelectric point or silanol pKa
  • the composition of the chromatographic material may also provide a surface functionality for available for further surface modification.
  • the ionizable modifiers and the hydrophobic surface groups of of the chromatographic surface materials of the invention can be prepared using known methods.
  • Some of the ionizable modifier reagents are commercially available.
  • silanes having amino alkyl trialkoxysilanes, methyl amino alkyl trialkoxysilanes, and pyridyl alkyl trialkoxysilanes are commercially available.
  • Other silanes such as chloropropyl alkyl trichlorosilane and chloropropyl alkyl trialkoxysilane are also commercially available.
  • acidic modifiers are also commercially available, including, but not limited to, sulfopropyltrisilanol, carboxyethylsilanetriol, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethylmethyldichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrimethoxysilane, n-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethylenediamine, triacetic acid, (2-diethylphosphatoethyl)triethoxysilane, 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)ethyltrichlorosilane, and 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)eth
  • isocyanates are also commercially available or can be synthesized by one skilled in the art.
  • a common isocyanate forming protocol is the reaction of a primary amine with phosgene or a reagent known as Triphosgene.
  • the ionizable modifier contains a a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an amino group, an imido group, an amido group, a pyridyl group, an imidazolyl group, an ureido group, a thionyl-ureido group or an aminosilane group.
  • the ionizable modifier reagent may be selected from groups formula (I)
  • n is an integer from 1-8;
  • v 0 or 1
  • m′ is an integer from 1-8;
  • Z represents a chemically reactive group, including (but not limited to)
  • Y is an embedded polar functionality
  • each occurrence of R 1 independently represents a chemically reactive group on silicon, including (but not limited to) —H, —OH, —OR 6 , dialkylamine, triflate, Br, Cl, I, vinyl, alkene, or —(CH 2 ) m′′ Q;
  • each occurrence of Q is —OH, —OR 6 , amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • n 1-8
  • p is an integer from 1-3;
  • each occurrence of R 1′ independently represents F, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl, fluoroalkyl, or fluoroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R 2 , R 2′ , R 3 and R 3′ independently represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 2 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 4 -C 18 heteroaryl, —Z, or a group having the formula —Si(R′) b R′′ a or —C(R′) b R′′ a ;
  • R 1 represents a C 1 -C 6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group
  • R′′ is a functionalizing group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety.
  • R 4 represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R 6 independently represents C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • Het represents a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring system comprising at least one nitrogen atom
  • A represents an acidic ionizable modifier moiety or a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety.
  • the inoizable modifier is aminopropyltriethoxysilane, aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(2-(trichlorosilyl)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(2-(trimethoxy)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(2-(triethoxy)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)triethoxysilane, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)trimethoxysilane, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)trichlorosilane, chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, chloropropyltrichlorosilane, chloropropyltrichlorosilane, chloropropyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyltrimethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyltriethoxysilane, imidazolyl
  • the acidic ionizable modifiers is a protected or deprotected forms of trisilanol, trialkoxysilane or trichlorosilane; or a salt of sulfonic acid alkyl silanes, sulfonic acid phenylalkyl silanes, sulfonic acid benzylalkyl silanes, sulfonic acid phenyl silanes, sulfonic acid benzyl silanes, carboxylic acid alkyl silanes, carboxylic acid phenylalkyl silanes, carboxylic acid benzylalkyl silanes, carboxylic acid phenyl silanes, carboxylic acid benzyl silanes, phosphoric acid alkyl silanes, phosphonic acid phenylalkyl silanes, phosphonic acid benzylalkyl silanes, phosphonic acid benzylalkyl silanes, phosphonic acid
  • the acidic ionizable modifiers is a protected or deprotected version or a salt of sulfonic acid alkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid phenyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid benzyl isocyanates carboxylic acid alkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid phenyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid benzyl isocyanates, phosphoric acid alkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenyl iso
  • A represents a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety. While not limited to theory; the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety has two sub-groups that can display opposite charges. Under some conditions the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety can act similarly to a zwitterions and ampholytes to display both a positive and negative charge and maintain a zero net charge. Under other conditions the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety may only have one group ionized and may display a net positive or negative charge.
  • Dual charge ionizable modifier moieties include, but are not limited to, alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, cyclic, polyaromatic, polycyclic, hetrocyclic and polyheterocyclic groups that can display a positive charge (commonly on a nitrogen or oxygen atom), and a negative charge through an acidic group that includes a carboxylic, sulfonic, phosphonic or boronic acid.
  • some metal containing complexes can display both positive and negative charges.
  • Dual charge ionizable modifier moieties may also include, but are not limited to zwitterions, ampholyte, amino acid, aminoalkyl sulfonic acid, aminoalkyl carboxylic acid, mono and di-methylaminoalkyl sulfonic acid, mono and di-methylaminoalkyl carboxylic acid, pyridinium alkyl sulfonic acid, and pyridinium alkyl carboxylic acid groups.
  • the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety may be 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid, 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazine ethanesulfonic acid), piperazine-N,N′-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid), N-cyclohexyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid, N-cyclohexyl-2-hydroxyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid, 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-1-propanesulfonate, 6-Methyl-9,10-didehydro-ergoline-8-carboxylic acid, phenolsulfonphthalein, betaines, quinonoids, N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine, and N-[tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl glycine groups.
  • the molar ratio of the hydrophobic surface group: ionizable modifier in the surface material of the invention is is from about 4:1 to about 150:1; from about 20:1 to about 100:1; or from about 25:1 to about 100:1.
  • the concentration of ionizable modifier in the surface material of the invention is less than about 0.5 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; less than about 0.4 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; less than about 0.3 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; from about 0.01 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.5 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; from about 0.1 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.4 ⁇ mol/m 2 ; or from about 0.2 ⁇ mol/m 2 to about 0.3 ⁇ mol/m 2 .
  • the surface material of the invention has a quantified surface coverage ratio.
  • B/A from about 2.5 to about 300 wherein A represents the ionizable modifier and B represents the hydrophobic group.
  • the quantified surface coverage ratio, B/A is from about 3 to about 200, from about 4 to about 35 or from about 5 to about 22.
  • the hydrophobic surface group of the surface material of the invention is a C4 to C18 bonded phase.
  • the hydrophobic surface group is a C18 bonded phase.
  • the hydrophobic surface group is an embedded polar bonded phase.
  • the hydrophobic surface group is an aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoro-aromatic, phenylhexyl, or pentafluorophenylalkyl bonded phase.
  • the hydrophobic surface group is a C 4 -C 30 , embedded polar, chiral, phenylalkyl, or pentafluorophenyl bonding or coating.
  • a further improvement in permeability can be achieved if the particle shape is modified.
  • a uniform micron-sized doughnut, rod, dumbbell, star, or bent-rod-shaped cores is used in place of a highly spherical core.
  • Additional shapes include (but not limited to) spirals, discoidal, concave disks, spools, rings, helix, saddles, cross, cube, derby, helix, cylinders, and tubes. Examples of dumbbell, doughnut, rod, spiral, and gyroid particles have been reported (Doshi, N. PNAS, 2009, 106, 51, 21495; Alexander, L. Chem. Commun., 2008, 3507; Naik, S. J. Phys. Chem.
  • non-spherical cores are relatively uniform in dimensions, free-flowing, non-porous, and mechanically strong enough for use in HPLC and UPLC.
  • the composition of these cores may be selected from (but is not limited to) silica, metal oxides, diamonds, heavily cross linked polymers, and hybrid materials. Improvements in core uniformity can be achieved through classification. A reduction in porosity can be achieved by pore filling with a similar or different composition (e.g., pore filling a silica material with a crosslinked polymer composition). Improvements in mechanical strength is achieved by increasing crosslinking with the same or different composition (e.g., creating a silica network within a polymer composition), or by calcination. For the latter, higher temperatures (e.g., >800° C.) may be advantageously used.
  • a non-porous surface coating with a silica, hybrid, or polymeric composition may be advantageously used.
  • This surface coating step may need to be repeated or performed in a growth-process to achieve the desired thickness.
  • this step advantageously provides a uniform surface layer. Calcination and surface rehydroxylation may be advantageously used at the end of this step.
  • a uniform silica or hybrid superficially porous layer may be formed from any one of the processes described herein. To ensure the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously yields a highly uniform porous layer. Additional steps of classification, calcination, pore modification, re-calcination, rehydroxylation and bonding are then performed (as required) as detailed above. These non-spherical superficially porous materials can be packed in chromatographic columns individually or as mixtures with other shapes, or with spherical particles. It is important to optimize column packing conditions for these mixed systems. Considerations of maintaining similar dispersion, bulk density and settling rates between the different materials need to be made.
  • the core material of the invention has specific core morphology.
  • such core morphology is produced by using cores having the defined shape.
  • the core morphology refers to the specific defined shape of the product material of the invention.
  • the cores or the product material has a highly spherical, rod shaped, bent-rod shaped, toroid shaped or dumbbell shaped core morphology.
  • the cores or the product material has a mixture of highly spherical, rod shaped, bent-rod shaped, toroid shaped or dumbbell shaped core morphologies.
  • the material of the invention may have significantly higher thermal conductivity than fully porous silica particles of the same size.
  • the superficially porous material of the invention have significantly higher thermal conductivity than superficially porous silica particles of the same size. Determination of particle thermal conductivity can be made by the method of Gritti and Guiochon [ J. Chromatogr . A, 2010, 1217, 5137) taking into account differences in bulk material properties, pore volume, surface modification type and coverage.
  • the material of the invention have significantly improved chemical stability when exposed to high pH mobile phases unbonded, fully porous silica particles of the same size.
  • the superficially porous material of the invention have significantly improved chemical stability when exposed to high pH mobile phases unbonded, superficially porous silica particles of the same size.
  • the material of the invention are capable of forming a packed beds with improved permeability as compared to fully porous silica particles of the same size.
  • the superficially porous material of the invention are capable of forming a packed beds with improved permeability as compared to superficially porous silica particles of the same size.
  • Improved permeability for a give particle size is observed as a decrease in column backpressure. Determination of permeability of packed beds can be made by inverse size exclusion chromatography.
  • the materials (which are particles) have an average particle size of the material is between 0.8-3.0 ⁇ m. Specifically, the average particle size of the material may be between 1.1-2.9 ⁇ m or between 1.3-2.7 ⁇ m.
  • the materials have pores which have an average diameter of about 25-600 ⁇ ; about 60-350 ⁇ ; about 80-300 ⁇ ; or about 90-150 ⁇ .
  • the materials have an average pore volume of about 0.11-0.50 cm 3 /g; about 0.09-0.45 cm 3 /g; or about 0.17-0.30 cm 3 /g.
  • the materials have a pore surface area between about 10 m 2 /g and 400 m 2 /g.
  • the materials of the invention may further be subject to further bonding or surface modification.
  • the materials of the invention are bonded with a bonded phase.
  • the bonded phase is a C4 to C18 bonded phase.
  • the bonded phase is a C18 bonded phase.
  • the bonded phase has an embedded polar bonded phase.
  • the bonded phase is an aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoro-aromatic, phenylhexyl, or pentafluorophenylalkyl bonded phase.
  • the bonded is a C 4 -C 30 , embedded polar, chiral, phenylalkyl, or pentafluorophenyl bonding or coating.
  • the materials have been surface modified by coating with a polymer.
  • R′ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl and cyclohexyl.
  • R′ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety.
  • R′ is selected from the group consisting of aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoroaromatic, phenylhexyl, pentafluorophenylalkyl and chiral moieties.
  • R′′ is a C 1 -C 30 alkyl group. In a further embodiment, R′′ comprises a chiral moiety. In another further embodiment, R′′ is a C 1 -C 20 alkyl group.
  • the surface modifier comprises an embedded polar functionality.
  • embedded polar functionality includes carbonate, amide, urea, ether, thioether, sulfinyl, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thiourea, thiocarbonate, thiocarbamate, ethylene glycol, heterocyclic, or triazole functionalities.
  • embedded polar functionality includes carbamate functionalities such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,374,755, and chiral moieties.
  • Such groups include those of the general formula
  • l, m, o, r and s are 0 or 1, n is 0, 1, 2 or 3 p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and q is an integer from 0 to 19;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cyano and phenyl; and Z, R′, a and b are defined as above.
  • the carbamate functionality has the general structure indicated below:
  • R 5 may be, e.g., cyanoalkyl, t-butyl, butyl, octyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, or benzyl.
  • R 5 is octyl, dodecyl, or octadecyl.
  • the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of phenylhexyltrichlorosilane, pentafluorophenylpropyltrichlorosilane, octyltrichlorosilane, octadecyltrichlorosilane, octyldimethylchlorosilane and octadecyldimethylchlorosilane.
  • the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of octyltrichlorosilane and octadecyltrichlorosilane.
  • the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate or 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (particularly when the hybrid group contains a (CH 2 ) 3 OH group).
  • the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification.
  • the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the organic group comprises a chiral moiety.
  • the material has been surface modified by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the material has been surface modified via formation of an organic covalent bond between the particle's organic group and the modifying reagent.
  • the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the material has been surface modified by silanol group modification.
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising:
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising:
  • each instance of the polyelectrolyte may be independently a linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or ethylene oxide groups and one or more primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone groups, pyridine groups, or imidazole groups, wherein each polyelectrolyte may be positively or negatively charged.
  • the polyelectrolyte may be removed by any method known in the part including, but not limited to, calcination, thermal treatment, chemical extraction, degradation, ozono
  • the method further encompasses a post-synthetic processing step, wherein the post-synthetic processing step is endcapping, hydrothermal treatment, extraction, ozonolysis, lyophilization, pseudomorphic transformation, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic surrounding material, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, drying, thermal treatment, dispersion, acid treatment, reaction with a hybrid functional group, surface modification, grinding, classification, sedimentation, or combinations thereof.
  • the post-synthetic processing step is endcapping, hydrothermal treatment, extraction, ozonolysis, lyophilization, pseudomorphic transformation, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic surrounding material, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, drying, thermal treatment, dispersion, acid treatment, reaction with a hybrid functional group, surface modification, grinding, classification, sedimentation, or combinations thereof.
  • the predetermined pattern may include an increase in average pore diameter, a decrease in average pore diameter, an increase in average pore volume, a decrease in average pore volume, an increase in specific surface area, a decrease in specific surface area, or combinations thereof.
  • the predetermined pattern is generally regarded as starting at the primary surface of the chromatographic core material and proceeding to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • the predetermined pattern may be viewed outermost surface of the chromatographic to the primary surface of the chromatographic core material.
  • the predetermined pattern maybe cone shaped, tapered, fluted, trumpeted, or another predetermined pattern having a single pattern from the core to the outermost surface or a repeating pattern from the core to the outermost surface.
  • Such predetermined patterns can be seen, for example, in FIG. 20 .
  • each layer of chromatographic surface material is independently selected from is a porous inorganic/organic hybrid material, a porous silica, a porous composite material or mixtures thereof.
  • each layer of the chromatographic core material may be silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material.
  • each layer of the chromatographic surface material may have the formula:
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • R and R 1 are each independently C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 18 alkoxy, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 5 -C 18 aryloxy, or C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 18 alkyl, C 2 -C 18 alkenyl, C 2 -C 18 alkynyl, C 3 -C 18 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 18 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 18 aryl, C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R 2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • n is an integer from 1-20;
  • repeat units A. B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond;
  • z 0, then 0.002 ⁇ x/y ⁇ 210, and when z ⁇ 0, then 0.0003 ⁇ y/z ⁇ 500 and 0.002 ⁇ x/(y+z) ⁇ 210; or
  • repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond,
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond;
  • x and y are positive
  • each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using sols, a polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable polymer, wherein:
  • the sols are inorganic sols, hybrid sols, nanoparticles, or mixtures thereof;
  • the polyelectrolyte or chemically degradable polymer is removed from the material using chemical extraction, degradation, or thermal treatment at temperatures less than 500° C., or combinations thereof.
  • each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied by formation through an electrostatic or acid/base interaction of an ionizable group comprising the steps of:
  • the prebonding of the core or sols includes washing with and acid or base, or a charged polyelectrolyte. In other embodiments, the prebonding of the core or sols includes chemical transformation of an accessible hybrid organic group.
  • the accessible hybrid organic group is an aromatic group that can undergo sulfonation, nitration, amination, or chloromethylation followed by oxidation or nucleophilic displacement with amine containing groups to form ionizable groups.
  • the accessible hybrid organic group is an alkene group that can undergo oxidation, cross-metathesis, or polymerization to form ionizable groups.
  • the accessible hybrid organic group is an thiol group that can undergo oxidation, radical addition, nucleophilic displacement, or polymerization to form ionizable groups.
  • the prebonding of the substantially core or sols includes bonding with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of formula 1,
  • R represents a basic group, including (but not limited to) —NH 2 , —N(R′)H, —N(R′) 2 , —N(R′) 3 + , —NH(CH 2 ) m NH 2 , —NH(CH 2 ) m N(R′)H, —NH(CH 2 ) m N(R′) 2 , —NH(CH 2 ) m N(R′) 3 + , pyridyl, imidizoyl, polyamine; R′ independently represents an alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl group; m is 2-6.
  • the prebonding of the core or sols includes bonding with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of formula 2.
  • n 1-30, advantageously 2-3; x is 0-3; advantageously 0; Y represents chlorine, dimethylamino, triflate, methoxy, ethoxy, or a longer chain alkoxy group;
  • A represent an acidic group, including (but not limited to) a sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, phosphoric acid, boronic acid, arylsulfonic acid, arylcarboxylic acid, arylphosphonic acid, and arylboronic acid.
  • R′ independently represents an alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl group.
  • each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using a polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable polymer.
  • the polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable is removed from the material by chemical extraction, degradation, or thermal treatment at temperatures less than 500° C. or combinations thereof.
  • each layer of chromatographic surface 1 material is applied using alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof, comprising the steps of:
  • the alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof are condensed on the substantially nonporous core in a solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, an ionic surfactant; and an non-ionic surfactant.
  • the ionic surfactant is C 10 -C 30 N(R) 3 + X ⁇ , where R is methyl, ethyl, propyl, alkyl, fluoroalkyl; X is a halogen, hydroxide, or of the form R′SO 3 ⁇ or R′CO 2 ⁇ where R′ is methyl, ethyl, butyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, aryl, tolyl, a haloalkyl or a fluoroalkyl group.
  • the ionic surfactant is octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, octadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide, or dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • the concentration of ionic surfactant is maintained in the reaction solution between 5-17 mM; or in certain embodiments between 8-14 mM.
  • the non-ionic surfactant is a diblock or triblock copolymer.
  • the copolymer is (PEO)x(PPO)y(PEO)x,
  • PEO is a polyethylene oxide repeat unit
  • PPO is a polypropylene oxide repeat unit
  • x is an integer between 5-106,
  • y is an integer between 30-85.
  • the triblock copolymer is Pluronic® P123, having (PEO) 20 (PPO) 70 (PEO) 20 .
  • the alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof are condensed on the substantially nonporous core in a solution comprising:
  • the alkoxysilane used is selected from the group of tetramethoxsilane or tetraethoxysilane.
  • the organosiloxane is selected from the group of phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane, diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)
  • the alkoxysilane used is tetraethoxysilane and the organoalkoxysilane used is 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane.
  • the concentration of octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide is maintained between 8-14 mM.
  • the molar ratio of octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide and Pluronic® P123 is maintained at or above 1.30.
  • the molar ratio of alkoxysilane to organoalkoxysilane ranges between 30:1 to 1:30.
  • alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are prediluted in ethanol.
  • prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are added a rate between 5-500 ⁇ L/min.
  • a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, ionic surfactant and non-ionic surfactant is added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • the secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, ionic surfactant and non-ionic surfactant is added within a range between the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle surface area (m 2 ) to reaction volume, to the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle volume (m 3 ) to reaction volume.
  • the surfactant mixture is removed through one or more of the following; extractions with acid, water, or organic solvent; ozonolysis treatments, thermal treatments ⁇ 500° C. or thermal treatments between 500-1000° C.
  • the surfactant mixture is removed through combination of acid extractions and ozonolysis treatments.
  • each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof; comprising the steps of:
  • the alkoxysilane used is selected from the group of tetramethoxsilane or tetraethoxysilane.
  • the organosiloxane is selected as one or more of the following from the group of phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane, diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane;
  • the alkoxysilane used is tetraethoxysilane and the organoalkoxysilane used is octadecyltrimethoxysilane.
  • the alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof are prediluted in ethanol.
  • the prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanse, or combinations thereof are added a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof are added a rate between 5-500 ⁇ L/min.
  • a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, and ammonium hydroxide is added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, and ammonium hydroxide is added within a range between the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle surface area (m 2 ) to reaction volume, to the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle volume (m 3 ) to reaction volume.
  • porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group through one or more of the following; extractions with acid, water, or organic solvent; ozonolysis treatments, thermal treatments ⁇ 500° C., or thermal treatments between 500-1000° C.
  • porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group through combination of acid extractions, ozonolysis treatments and/or thermal treatments ⁇ 500° C.
  • each layer is applied using a mixture of formula XX.
  • D is one or more inorganic components upon initial condensation
  • E is one or more hybrid components upon initial condensation
  • F is one or more hybrid components upon initial condensation that can be further reacted to increase the porosity of the superficially porous layer.
  • the precursor for the inorganic component upon initial condensation (D) is selected from oxide, hydroxide, ethoxide, methoxide, propoxide, isopropoxide, butoxide, sec-butoxide, tert-butoxide, iso-butoxide, phenoxide, ethylhexyloxide, 2-methyl-2-butoxide, nonyloxide, isooctyloxide, glycolates, carboxylate, nitrate, chlorides, and mixtures thereof of silicon, titanium, zirconium, or aluminum.
  • the precursor for the inorganic component upon initial condensation (D) is selected from tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, methyl titanium triisopropoxide, methyl titanium triphenoxide, titanium allylacetoacetatetriisopropoxide, titanium methacrylate triisopropoxide, titanium methacryloxyethylacetoacetate triisopropoxide, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trimethoxide, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trichloride, and zirconium methacryloxyethylacetoacetate tri-n-propoxide.
  • the precursor for the hybrid component upon initial condensation (E) is selected from 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane, 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane, 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, and bis(4-triethoxysilylphenyl)diethoxysilane.
  • the precursor for the hybrid component upon initial condensation that can be further reacted to increase the porosity of the superficially porous layer (F) is selected from phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, acetyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane; acetyloxyethyltriethoxysilane; chloroethyltriethoxysilane: chloroethyltrimethoxysilane; methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; bromoethyltrimethoxysilane; bromoethyltriethoxysilane; fluorotriethoxysilane; fluorotrimethoxysilane; and alkoxysilanes of the type:
  • R* was the corresponding octadecyl, dodecyl, octyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, or 3-ethyl-3-pentyl group
  • v was an integer equal to 1-4
  • porosity is introduced by reaction of hybrid group F through protodesilylation, hydrolysis, deprotection, acid extraction, thermal treatment ⁇ 500° C., oxidation, ozonolysis or decomposition.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a material with increased hybrid content near the surface of the material by modifying a silica core with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid material that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the material by modifying a superficially porous material with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Yet another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle by modifying a superficially porous particle with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle by modifying a superficially porous particle that is substantially silica (>90 molar %) with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still yet another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle comprising the steps of
  • a superficially porous particle that is substantially silica (>90 molar %) and has a pore volume between 0.18-0.50 cm 3 /g;
  • the methods provide materials in which 1-15 layers are formed in the process. In other aspects, 2-5 layers are formed. In still other 1-2 layers are formed.
  • each layer of the chromatographic surface material or the chromatographic material as a whole is optimized by acid extraction, classification, ozonolysis treatment, hydrothermal treatment, acid treatment or combinations thereof.
  • the chromatographic material of the invention is further surface modified.
  • coating with a polymer coating with a polymer by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification; a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer; a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer; formation of an organic covalent bond between the material's organic group and a modifying reagent; or a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • chromatographic surface material In applying the chromatographic surface material to the chromatographic core or to subsequent layers of chromatographic surface materials, a variety of approaches can be utilized.
  • the processes involves the condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane (e.g., tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane) alone or co-condensed with a second organosilane through modification of a traditional Stöber-growth process. Listed below are non-limiting descriptions of this process.
  • a tetraalkoxysilane e.g., tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane
  • Step 1) Condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to form seed particles (0.2-10 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 2 Grow seed particles by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to form larger core particles (0.3-20 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 3 Further grow particles by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to yield non-porous particles (0.4-20 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5 Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and or surfactants by thermal treatment.
  • Step 6 Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques.
  • Step 9) Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 10 Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • acid treatment e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 11 Chemical modification of the particle surface.
  • Step 1) Condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to form seed particles (0.2-10 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents.
  • Step 2 Grow seed particles by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to form larger core particles (0.3-20 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents.
  • Step 3 Further grow particles by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to yield non-porous particles (0.4-20 ⁇ m) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5 Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and/or surfactants by thermal treatment or extraction techniques.
  • Step 6 Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by pseudomorphic transformation in the presence of surfactants and/or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Surfactant removal by extraction techniques or by calcination.
  • Step 9) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 10 Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 11 Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 12 Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • acid treatment e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 1) Condensation of Si(OCH 2 CH 3 ) 4 to form seed particles (0.2-2 ⁇ m).
  • Step 2 Grow seed particles by condensation of Si(OCH 2 CH 3 ) 4 to form a larger core particle (0.3-7 ⁇ m).
  • R octyl or octadecyl and R′ is methyl or ethyl.
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5 Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group by thermal treatment (500-600° C. in air).
  • Step 6 Pore structure modification using ammonium bifluoride (4-20 hours, 25-60° C.).
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing (7-20 hours, pH 5-7, 90-150° C.).
  • Step 8) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 9 Use of elevated temperature treatment (800-1,000° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 10 Prepare the particle surface for modification using hydrofluoric acid treatment.
  • Step 11 Chemical modification of the particle surface using chlorosilanes coupling and endcapping protocols.
  • Step 1) ⁇ 10 ⁇ m particles (e.g., diamonds, zirconia, titania, iron oxides, cerium, cobalt, cobalt oxides, carbon, silica, silica carbide) are surface activated through treatment with acid, base, chemical reduction, chemical oxidation, or through attachment of a surface modifying group (e.g., adsorption of an amine, surfactant, silane bond).
  • a surface modifying group e.g., adsorption of an amine, surfactant, silane bond.
  • Step 2 Particles are grown by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 3) Particle are further grown by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R 1 ) a (R 2 ) b (R 3 ) c Si(OR 4 ) d to yield a non-porous particles in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques.
  • Step 5 Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and/or surfactants by thermal treatment or extraction techniques.
  • Step 6 Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by pseudomorphic transformation in the presence of surfactants and/or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Surfactant removal by extraction techniques or by calcination.
  • Step 9) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 10 Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 11 Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 12 Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • acid treatment e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid.
  • Method D may be useful for preparing superficially porous magnetic particles.
  • the AMT process and the University of Cork process both require repeated in-process workups using centrifugation followed by redispersion during the formation of the superficially porous layer.
  • the concerns with repeated centrifugation is aggregation/agglomeration, difficulty redispersing particles, product uniformity, and long labor times required for this process. Aggregation and agglomeration are extremely detrimental for this process. It is possible for aggregates/agglomerates to be further coated in both of these processes. By its nature repeated centrifugation allows for these un-aged. ‘green’ materials to get close to each other. Excessive centrifugation time and g-forces can results in a tight bed structure that can be hard to redisperse.
  • Filtration is an alternative to centrifugation that allows for a less compact bed to be formed.
  • time period required to filter ⁇ 3 ⁇ m materials that may be laden with sub-micron fines is prohibitive. These sub-micron fines can readily clog the filter material preventing complete filtration to occur.
  • redisperse particles there are also many methods available to redisperse particles, including sonication using sonic baths, in-line sonicators, in-tank sonicators, sonic horns, rotor-stator mixers, milling, low shear and high shear mixing (e.g., saw-tooth impellers). Optimization of amplitude, frequency and pulse sequences is used for optimal sonication. Adjusting the conductivity. pH and surfactant mixture can also be used to optimally redisperse particles (through solvent washes, or controlled order of addition of reagents).
  • One concern for these redispersion methods is the potential to harm the superficially porous layer. It is expected that elevated shears may result in a fracturing of the porous layer. The resulting material may have bare-spots, or non-uniform porous layers.
  • a further concerns is the long reaction times required for an iterative process, such as those described by AMT and the University of Cork. While such materials can be prepared on a laboratory and batch scale, the times required for these processes can exceed those typically used for the synthesis of fully porous particles.
  • Reseeded particles ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ m
  • the two particle distributions can overlap.
  • the end result of this, after further processing steps, is the overlapping mixture of superficially porous and fully porous particles. These overlapping mixture of particles are difficult to separate, quantify or understand the impact on chromatographic performance (including chromatographic reproducibility).
  • magnetic capture methods are used to collect magnetic core particles in place of centrifugation or filtration. These methods include in-tank, in-line, or off-line magnetic capture.
  • In-tank magnetic capture uses a removable magnetic rod (or alternatively an electromagnet) placed within a removable or permanent glass sleeve or baffle.
  • the magnetic rod is placed within the glass sleeve during the time of capture. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the magnetic rod is removed and bound magnetic core particles are redispersed.
  • an external magnet is placed on the side of the reactor allowing magnetic core particles to be captured on the reactor side-wall. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the external magnet is removed and bound magnetic core particles are redispersed.
  • the in-line magnetic capture method involves pumping the reaction solution in a recirculation loop through a collection container.
  • This collection container is placed within a magnetic holding block. Magnetic core particles are collected in this container. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the collection container is removed from the magnetic holding block and the bound magnetic core particles are redispersed as they are pumped back into the reaction vessel.
  • this approach has an advantage in that it allows for good control of the surface area exposed to the magnetic field.
  • the off-line magnetic capture method is similar to filtration in that the reaction solution is transferred to a secondary vessel.
  • a magnetic field is applied to allow for the controlled collection of magnetic core particles.
  • Reaction solution or wash solvents are removed by filtration, decanting, or by siphon.
  • Magnetic core particles are redispersed in the appropriate solvent and transferred back to the reaction vessel.
  • a non-porous magnetic core is used in place of a non-porous silica or hybrid core.
  • This magnetic core can contain (but is not limited to) magnetic forms of iron oxides, iron, metals, metal oxides, chromium dioxide, ferrites, or cobalt.
  • the magnetic core contains magnetite, maghemite.
  • the magnetic core can exist as a pure metal or metal oxide or exist in combination with a second material that includes (but is not limited to) silica, hybrid, polymer, or non-magnetic materials.
  • a magnetic core can be formed by incorporating ⁇ 100 nm magnetite or cobalt nanoparticles within non-porous silica or polymer particles.
  • the magnetic nanoparticles can be homogeneously dispersed nanoparticles or dispersed clusters of nanoparticles within this material, adsorbed only to the surface, or contained only in the interior of the non-porous core particles.
  • 0.3-1.5 ⁇ m magnetite or cobalt particles can be used as the non-porous core. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration.
  • a non-porous surface coating with a silica, hybrid, or polymeric composition may be advantageously used.
  • This surface coating step may be advantageously repeated or performed in a growth-process to achieve the desired thickness. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration. To ensure that the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously provides a uniform surface layer. Calcination and surface rehydroxylation may advantageously used at the end of this step.
  • a uniform silica or hybrid superficially porous layer may be formed from any one of the processes described above. To ensure the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously yield a highly uniform porous layer. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration. Additional steps of classification, calcination, pore modification, re-calcination, rehydroxylation and bonding are then performed (as required) as detailed above.
  • a magnetic core particle allows for a unique means to separate the porous layer materials from reseeded particles. This can be utilized in-process or during product workup.
  • magnetic core particles as well as magnetic capture methods allows for a unique process of automating the synthesis of superficially porous particles.
  • in-tank magnetic capture e.g., using electromagnets
  • Automated bottom valves and solvent addition valves are used to fully automate synthesis conditions.
  • In-tank or in-line particle size measurements are used to monitor reaction performance and determined reaction completion.
  • the separations devices include. e.g., chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates; packings for HPLC columns; solid phase extraction (SPE); ion-exchange chromatography; magnetic bead applications; affinity chromatographic and SPE sorbents; sequestering reagents; solid supports for combinatorial chemistry; solid supports for oligosaccharide, polypeptides, and/or oligonucleotide synthesis; solid supported biological assays; capillary biological assay devices for mass spectrometry, templates for controlled large pore polymer films; capillary chromatography; electrokinetic pump packing materials; packing materials for microfluidic devices; polymer additives; catalysis supports; and packings materials for microchip separation devices.
  • materials of the invention can be packed into preparatory, microbore, capillary, and microfluidic devices.
  • the materials of the invention impart to these devices improved lifetimes because of their improved stability.
  • the invention provides a chromatographic column having improved lifetime, comprising
  • the invention provides a chromatographic device, comprising
  • the invention also provides for a kit comprising the materials as described herein, as described herein, and instructions for use.
  • the instructions are for use with a separations device. e.g., chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices, solid phase extraction device, microfluidic device, and microtiter plates.
  • the chromatographic materials of the invention can be used in a variety of chromatographic separation methods. As such, the devices and kits can also be utilized for such methods. Examples of chromatographic separation methods the materials of the invention can be used in include, but are not limited to, HPLC separations, normal-phase selarations, reversed-phase separations, chiral separations. HILIC separations. SFC separations, affinity separations, perfusive separations, partially perfusive separations, and SEC separations.
  • the present invention may be further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples describing the chromatographic materials.
  • the % C, % H, % N values were measured by combustion analysis (CE-440 Elemental Analyzer; Morris Analytical Inc., North Chelmsford, Mass.) or % C by Coulometric Carbon Analyzer (modules CM5300, CM5014, UIC Inc., Joliet, Ill.).
  • the specific surface areas (SSA), specific pore volumes (SPV) and the average pore diameters (APD) of these materials were measured using the multi-point N 2 sorption method (Micromeritics ASAP 2400; Micromeritics Instruments Inc., Norcross, Ga.).
  • the SSA was calculated using the BET method, the SPV was the single point value determined for P/P 0 >0.98 and the APD was calculated from the desorption leg of the isotherm using the BJH method.
  • the median mesopore diameter (MPD) and mesopore pore volume (MPV) were measured by mercury porosimetry (Micromeritics AutoPore IV, Micromeritics, Norcross, Ga.).
  • Scanning electron microscopic (SEM) image analyses were performed (JEOL JSM-5600 instrument, Tokyo, Japan) at 7 kV. Focused ion beam scanning electron microscopic (FIB/SEM) image analyses were performed by Analytical Answers Inc.
  • Multinuclear ( 13 C, 29 Si) CP-MAS NMR spectra were obtained using a Bruker Instruments Avance-300 spectrometer (7 mm double broadband probe). The spinning speed was typically 5.0-6.5 kHz, recycle delay was 5 sec, and the cross-polarization contact time was 6 msec. Reported 13 C and 29 Si CP-MAS NMR spectral shifts were recorded relative to tetramethylsilane using the external standards adamantane ( 13 C CP-MAS NMR, ⁇ 38.55) and hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane ( 29 Si CP-MAS NMR, ⁇ -9.62).
  • Magnetic measurements were made using a vibrating sample magnetometer (ADE/DMS Model 880) by ArKival Technology Corporation (Nashua, N.H.). Phase characterization were made by Wide Angle X-Ray Powder Diffraction (XRPD) analysis (H&M Analytical Services, Inc. Allentown. N.J.), using a Bruker D4 diffractometer (Cu radiation at 40 KV/30 mA). Scans were run over the angular range of 10° to 90° 2-Theta with a step size of 0.02° and a counting time of 715 seconds per step.
  • XRPD Wide Angle X-Ray Powder Diffraction
  • Superficially porous silica layers (Scheme 1. FIG. 28 ) were formed on nonporous silica core material, prepared by the general approach of Stöber (U.S. Pat. No. 3,634,558 ; J. Coll. Interf. Sci., 1968, 26, 62), using a polyelectrolyte layering process described by Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665), Kirkland (US 20070189944; 20080277346). Blue ( J. Chromatogr. A. 2011, 1218 (44), 7989), and Brennan ( J. Mater. Chem., 2012, 22, 13197).
  • the polyelectrolyte was removed by thermal treatment in air at temperatures greater than 500-600° C. (10-20 hours). To further strengthen these materials, a second thermal treatment at 825-1000° C. for 10-20 hours was employed. A rehydroxylation step was performed using the process described in Example 64 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). Table 1 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data. The core diameter was determined by Coulter Counter, number mode. The nanoparticle size was determined by Zetasizer. SEM was used to confirm nanoparticle size used in Products 1n-1r. Rho was estimated from SEM data.
  • FIG. 1 displays the cross-sectional geometry of a porous and superficially porous particle.
  • the critical parameters of a superficially porous particle are defined as the particle center (c), the core diameter (d), the particle diameter (d′ or 2l), the radius of the particle (l), the origin of porous layer along the radius (0), and the termination of the porous layer along the radius (1).
  • the ratio of core diameter to particle diameter is defined as d/d′. In the case where there is no porous layer the Rho is 1.
  • FIG. 2 shows the expected surface area and pore diameter distribution along the radius. All parameters are normalized from a low state (0) to maximum value (1).
  • the solid line represents the planned changes in surface area and pore diameter going from the core of the nonporous particle to the external particle surface.
  • the dotted line represents expected deviation from this line near the surface of the core and the beginning of the porous layer.
  • fully porous materials are expected to have uniform pore diameter and surface area from the center to the surface of the material.
  • Rho of 0.6-0.8 is preferred for superficially porous particles used for chromatographic separations of small molecules.
  • a Rho of 0.8-0.95 is preferred for superficially porous material used for chromatographic separations of large molecules (K. Horváth. J. Chromatogr. A. 2010, 1217 (41), 6373; G. Guiochon, J. Chromatogr. A, 2011, 1218 (15), 1915).
  • a pore diameter between 70-130 ⁇ is preferred for small molecule separation and for smaller biomolecule separations.
  • APD average pore diameter
  • the resulting materials are often comprised of elevated amount of microporosity.
  • the APD is greater than 130 ⁇ , there resulting column is expected to display a significant loss in column phase ratio, retentivity, and capacity.
  • Materials with APD greater than 120 ⁇ are preferred for large molecule and biomolecule separations.
  • a pore diameter of 120-200 ⁇ is preferred.
  • a pore diameter between 150-450 ⁇ is preferred.
  • the separation of even larger biomolecules, such as vaccines, viruses, antibody-drug-conjugates, larger oligonucleotide and RNA separations, and virus like particles may require APD between 300-900 ⁇ may be preferred.
  • the concern with using columns containing smaller APD materials is exclusion of the large molecule. However, if the APD is too for a given large molecule separation, the same concern emerges with loss in retentivity and column phase ratio.
  • the average pore diameter (APD) of a superficially porous material can be controlled by judicious selection of the nanoparticle size for the sol used in the layer-by-layer process.
  • the impact of nanoparticle size on the surface area and pore diameter can be roughly estimated using the following equations 2-4.
  • SSA superficially porous particle w core ⁇ SSA core +(1 ⁇ w core ) ⁇ SSA nanoparticle Equation 3
  • APD 40,000 SPV superficially porous particle /SSA superficially porous particle Equation 4
  • FIG. 4 shows the estimation of core material weight fraction with varying Rho and FIG. 5 plots the estimated surface area for different superficially porous materials prepared with varied nanoparticle size. While following a similar trend as FIG. 3 , the SSA of the superficially porous material is further decreased due to the presence of the core material. Having a thinner porous layer thickness (e.g., higher Rho) also results in a lower SSA for the different materials. The change in Rho from 0.70 to 0.90 is expected to result in a two-fold reduction in the SSA for the superficially porous material.
  • the resulting SSA for superficially porous products is estimated for materials made with different nanoparticle sizes.
  • materials made with different nanoparticle sizes are expected to have different APD for the products.
  • APD is expected to be constant with Rho, when uniform porous layers are formed without variation in porosity. While not limited to theory, the exception to this is at higher Rho when the initial layers have formed upon the core surface. For higher Rho materials there may be a larger variation in porosity as the initial porous layer formed, resulting in differences in the APD.
  • Equations 2-4 we can estimate the apparent nanoparticle size for products in Table 1. For products 1a-1h. which used an 11 nm nanoparticle feed, we determined an average apparent silica nanoparticle size for the final products of 11.4 nm. For products 1i-1j, which used a 20 nm nanoparticle feed, we determine an average apparent silica nanoparticle size of 17.7 nm.
  • FIG. 8 contains SSA data for Products 1a-1j, along with modeled SSA data.
  • difference in nanoparticle sizes can be ascribed to difference in analytical techniques and calculations, necking between nanoparticles within the porous layer (e.g., increased coordination number of the porous network), mild ripening of the pore structure due to exposure to water, and/or modification of the porous layer during thermal treatments (e.g., viscous sintering).
  • Another method to modify the pore materials of porous media is hydrothermal treatment.
  • a process of pore ripening can be utilized that results in a lowering of the SSA and increase in APD, as noted by Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham ⁇ WO 2008/103423 ⁇ .
  • the general approach of Example 1 was modified to include a hydrothermal treatment (20 hours) before the final thermal treatment, using the general method detailed by Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham (WO 2008/103423). See Scheme 2, FIG. 28 for the process overview.
  • Table 2 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data
  • the precursor for Products 2a-2p was prepared using 11 nm silica nanoparticles.
  • the precursors for Product 2q-2r were prepared using 20 nm silica nanoparticles.
  • Column Phase Ratio ( ⁇ ) was calculated using Equation 1.
  • the ratio of final to initial surface area (SSAf/SSAi) and pore diameter (APDf/APDi) was calculated for final products for Product 2a-2f, and after hydrothermal treatment for Products 2g-2m.
  • Products 2a-2 h which employed mild hydrothermal conditions, had moderate increases in apparent nanoparticle size. More forcing conditions, such as higher temperatures (Products 2i, 2k-2p) and use of higher pH (Products 2i-2r) showed larger decreases in SSA, increases in APD and increases in apparent silica nanoparticle
  • Example 1 for materials prepared with a single type of nanoparticle, one does not expected significant variation in porosity, surface are or pore diameter across the porous layer. While not limited by theory, this is understood that since a single sized nanoparticle was used the material before hydrothermal treatment is uniform from the core surface to the external surface of the material. The expected result of hydrothermal treatment is uniform increases in pore diameter and reduction in surface area.
  • Products 2a-2h had similar Rho and were prepared using a similar sized nanoparticles. Hydrothermal treatments were performed at the same temperature (100° C.) using different pH conditions (pH 4-8). With increasing pH we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (115-85 m 2 /g), increase in APD (110-144 ⁇ ), decrease in ⁇ (133-101 m 2 /cm 3 ), decrease in SSAf/SSAi (0.84-0.50), increase in APDf/APDi (1.00-1.72) and increase in apparent dp nanoparticle , size (11-14 nm).
  • Product 2j-2m had similar Rho and were prepared using a similar sized nanoparticles. Hydrothermal treatments were performed at the same pH (0.3 M Tris, pH 9.8) using different temperature conditions (100-155° C.). With increasing temperature we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (70-34 m 2 /g), increase in APD (108-334 ⁇ ), decrease in ⁇ (110-43 m 2 /cm 3 ), decrease in SSAf/SSAi (0.83-0.29), increase in APDf/APDi (1.16-3.12) and increase in apparent dp nanoparticle size (17-36 nm). Similar trends with increasing temperature were also observed for Products 2f and 2i, as well as Products 2q and 2r.
  • Rho varied from 0.86-0.93. With increasing Rho we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (15-7 m 2 /g), decrease in SPV (0.12-0.04 cm 3 /g) and decrease in ⁇ (30-19 m 2 /cm 3 ).
  • Rho Rho materials are expected to have lower SSA, SPV and ⁇ .
  • Rho As variation in Rho is not expected to have significant differences on APD, as noted in Example 1 and FIG. 2 , deviations in this parameter for high Rho materials.
  • SSAf/SSAi 0.24-0.25
  • APDf/APDi 2.39-3.81.
  • Products 2n-2p had good agreement in SSAf/SSAi, but deviations were observed for the thinnest shell, highest Rho material for APDf/APDi.
  • the pore properties of Product 2r were compared with Product 1j. Both products used the same sized silica nanoparticles (20 nm) in the layering process, and had the same Rho (0.70). Product 1j did not have a hydrothermal treatment step, while Product 2r was hydrothermally treated at pH 8 and 160° C. Product 1j had higher SSA (73 m 2 /g vs. 43 m 2 /g) and smaller APD (150 ⁇ vs. 277 ⁇ ), and smaller apparent nanoparticle size (17 nm vs. 28 nm) than Product 2r. The differences in porosity can be confirmed by mercury porosimetry. The MPD (131 ⁇ , 232 ⁇ ) is larger for Product 2r, while the MPV (0.28 cm 3 /g, 0.29 cm 3 /g) were similar for Products 1j and 2r (respectively, results shown in parenthesis).
  • This image also shows improved interconnectivity between the porous layer in the nonporous core material (observed in the left side of these images) for the product having a hydrothermal treatment (Product 2r), which is expected to improve the mechanical and chemical properties of these materials.
  • Both FIB/SEM show similar porosity (observed as the dark regions) from the core to the external surface (in the porous region defined in these images between 0 and 1). It is important to note that in the FIB/SEM analysis a surface coating needs to be applied, which is observed as the shaded material near the external surface of these images.
  • Example 1 was modified to use more than one type of silica nanoparticle in the formation of the porous layer (Scheme 3, FIG. 28 ). In this process different sizes of nanoparticles were used for different steps in the layer-by-layer process of alternating additions of polyelectrolyte and nanoparticles. Table 3 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data. The median mesopore diameter (MPD) and mesopore pore volume (MPV) were measured by mercury porosimetry. Silica core diameters were determined by Coulter Counter, number mode. The nominal silica nanoparticle size was determined by Zetasizer, SEM was used to estimate nanoparticle size for ⁇ 20 nm silica nanoparticles. Rho was determined from SEM data, except for Product 5d, which was estimated using Coulter Counter data.
  • MPD median mesopore diameter
  • MPV mesopore pore volume
  • Silica core diameters were determined by Coulter Counter, number mode.
  • the nominal silica nanoparticle size
  • Product 3c is similar to products 3a in the first six layers, but has one additional external layer of 46 nm silica nanoparticles.
  • the final resulting product with this additional layer of 46 nm nanoparticles had a SSA of 77 m 2 /g and an APD of 144 ⁇ . While this amounts to no measurable change in SSA with product 5a, the pore diameter has increased by 13 ⁇ —due the presence of the larger nanoparticles on the outside layer.
  • products 3b and 3c that have the same layering process for the first six layers, and differ in silica nanoparticle size for the final external layer.
  • Product 3b having larger, 99 nm nanoparticles on the outer surface has lower SSA and higher APD, when compared to Product 3c, which has smaller 46 nm nanoparticles on the outer surface.
  • One skilled in the art will conclude from this experiment that the outer surface of these materials has a larger pore diameter and reduced surface area.
  • Product 3f has larger nanoparticles on the first four layers, and a smaller nanoparticles on the outer layers. It is expected that such materials would have decreasing pore diameter from the core to the surface layer.
  • the differences in pore diameter can be further understood by looking at the nitrogen sorption pore diameter profiles (desorption, dV/dLog(D)) for Product 3a ( FIG. 10 ), Product 3c ( FIG. 11 ). Product 3e ( FIG. 12 ). Product 3f ( FIG. 14 ).
  • the pore diameter distribution of Product 3a which comprised of 4 layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, has a shoulder towards the larger pore diameters which are situated on the outside of the porous shell.
  • Product 3f which was comprised of 4 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of smaller 11 nm nanoparticles, has a shoulder in the pore diameter distribution toward smaller pores—which are situated on the outer side of the porous layer.
  • a more uniform pore diameter distribution is observed—without any significant shouldering.
  • the pore diameter distribution of Product 3c and 3a also show geometric differences in porosity. As detailed above, the pore diameter distribution of Product 3a has a shoulder to the larger pore diameters. Product 3c was also formed with 4 layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, but followed this with a layer of 46 nm nanoparticles. The pore diameter distribution of Product 3c is significantly split with a mode pore diameter mode that is similar to product 3a, and a lesser mode at higher pore diameter. This is understood that pore diameters are increasing from the surface of the core material to the external surface as the layers progress from 11 nm, 20 nm and 46 nm nanoparticles.
  • This model includes the impacts of each layering step, and is based on Equations 2-4.
  • the growth at each layer can be estimated.
  • difference in surface area and pore diameter distributions can be plotted from the surface of the core (normalized distance 0) to the external surface of the material (normalized distance 1).
  • FIG. 16 shows the model for Product 3a.
  • FIG. 17 shows the model for Product 3e. For simplicity we removed the distance from center (c) to the core surface (0) and we did not include deviations in surface area or pore diameter in the region near the core surface.
  • the core surface (0) and material surface (1) are defined the same, a selected physical property distribution along the radius of the particle is orthogonal (90°) to the core surface.
  • non-hydrothermally treated products prepared using 11 nm and 20 nm silica nanoparticles had average apparent nanoparticle size of 11.4 nm and 17.7 nm, respectively.
  • Product 5a is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 ⁇ m nonporous silica core that uses one layer each of 11 nm, 20 nm, 35 nm and 75 nm silica nanoparticles, in that specific order.
  • Product 5b is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 ⁇ m nonporous silica core that uses one layer each of 75 nm, 35 nm, 20 nm and 11 nm silica nanoparticles, in that specific order.
  • Product 5c is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 ⁇ m nonporous silica core that uses three layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles, followed by three layers of 20 nm silica nanoparticles, followed by three layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles, in that order.
  • the Rho for Products 5a-5c is 0.73. Results are modeled using the process detailed in Example 4, and are shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 . For simplicity we removed the distance from center (c) to the core surface (0) from the x-axis, and we did not include deviations in surface area or pore diameter in the region near the core surface
  • Example 3-5 The approach detailed in Example 3-5 is used to create new porous materials having geometrically defined surface area and pore diameter, through judicious selection of silica nanoparticles.
  • Using this approach a variety of materials having a Rho between 0.0 and 0.95 can be prepared. Selected estimated pore diameters are illustrated in FIG. 20 .
  • Such materials have uses in chromatographic separations (e.g., biomolecule separation, SEC, GPC) as well as uses in catalytic support, polymer additives, fuel cells, luminescence, selective membranes, optics, optoelectronics, electronics, energy storage, sensors, and drug delivery.
  • chromatographic separations e.g., biomolecule separation, SEC, GPC
  • Example 3 Selected processes from Example 3 were modified to include a hydrothermal treatment (0.2 M TRIS, pH 8, 20 h) before the higher temperature thermal treatment using the general hydrothermal treatment process detailed in Example 2.
  • Table 4 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data.
  • Column Phase Ratio (3) was calculated using Equation 1. The ratio of final to initial surface area (SSAf/SSAi) and pore diameter (APDf/APDi) was calculated for final products as compared to the corresponding products from Example 3 that did not have this additional hydrothermal treatment step.
  • nanoparticles comprising the differing layers would all be modified by hydrothermal treatment in a similar manner as the products containing just a single nanoparticle size did when treated under similar conditions in Example 2.
  • the model detailed in Examples 3-4 could then be modified with these expected changes upon hydrothermal treatment to better predict the expected pore properties of these hydrothermally treated multilayered products.
  • Product 2f was prepared using 11 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 100° C. The resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.50 and a APDf/APDi of 1.63.
  • the apparent nanoparticle size was 14 nm.
  • Product 2q was prepared using 20 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 100° C.
  • the resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.69 and a APDf/APDi of 1.14.
  • the apparent nanoparticle size was 19 nm.
  • the increase in apparent nanoparticle size from 11.4 to 14 nm and 17 nm to 19 nm fits within expectations for hydrothermal treatments performed under these conditions.
  • the model detailed in Examples 3-4 was modified with these pore property changes to better estimate the surface properties of products of Product 7a, 7c, 7e and 7f.
  • Products 7a, 7c, 7e, and 7g were all hydrothermally treated under similar conditions (100° C.), and all resulted in similar ranges of SSA (60-65 m 2 /g).
  • APD 167-185 ⁇
  • 76-84 m 2 /cm 3
  • SSAf/SSAi 0.78-0.82
  • APDf/APDi (1.21-1.37).
  • the apparent silica nanoparticle sizes for these products varied between 17-31.
  • APD (259-315 ⁇ ), f (47-54 m 2 /cm 3 ), SSAf/SSAi (0.44-0.52), and APDf/APDi (1.92-2.40).
  • the apparent silica nanoparticle sizes for these products varied between 21-43.
  • the modified model detailed in Example 3-4 for estimating APD provides good agreement (5-11% error) with the actual data for non-hydrothermally treated Products 1g, 1j, 3a ( FIG. 16 ), 3f and 3e ( FIG. 17 ).
  • This model also provides good agreement (5-10% error) with hydrothermally treated Products 2q, 2r, 7a, 7e ( FIG. 21 ) and 7f ( FIG. 22 ).
  • it did not provide acceptable agreement with hydrothermally treated Products 7b, 7g, 7b (15-18% error).
  • further modification of the model to consider one less external porous layer resulted in improved agreement for Products 3f (2% error), Products 7g-h (8% error) and Product 7b (11% error).
  • the pore diameter distributions of Products 7a and 7b can be directly compared with Product 3a (no hydrothermal treatment), as these materials had the same layering profiles.
  • Product 3a displays a primary mode pore diameter greater than 100 ⁇ , and a shoulder towards larger pore diameters ( ⁇ 200 ⁇ ) on the outer porous layer.
  • Hydrothermal treatment at 100° C. resulted in a more uniform pore diameter distribution with a mode pore diameter around 200 ⁇ , however hydrothermal treatment at 160° C. gave rise to a shoulder distribution greater than 200 ⁇ and a primary mode pore diameter between 400-500 ⁇ .
  • FIB/SEM shows evidence of smaller nanoparticles close to the surface of the core material.
  • a similarly layered product with a 160° C. hydrothermal treatment has a very different FIB/SEM.
  • the FIB/SEM of product 7f displays an eroded gap between the surface of the core particle and the porous layer. This observed vacancy comprises the space formally filled with the two layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles.
  • the porous layer of Product 7h is a more open and is similar to the porous layer observed for Product 7f. However unlike product 7f there is excellent attachment of the porous layer with the core particle. This difference in core attachment between Product 7f and 7h is due to having no dissolution of smaller nanoparticles at the interface between the core an porous layer, as well as the fact that the conditions used for the 160° C. hydrothermal treatment allow for excellent attachment between the core and porous layer.
  • the proposed model fitting pore properties provides good agreement with non-hydrothermally treated and some 100° C. hydrothermally treatment materials comprised of different layered materials.
  • hydrothermally treated materials at 160° C. did not follow the traditional model as well.
  • Closer examination of pore diameter distributions and FIB/SEM allowed for a better understanding that smaller nanoparticles (e.g., 11 nm silica) may be preferentially react over the larger nanoparticles under these conditions resulting in overly erode and open sections from the surface of the core particle to the external surface of the particle. This is especially true for products that were prepared by layering 11 nm and larger nanoparticles, wherein the smaller nanoparticle are used in less than about 33% of the layers. While unexpected, we can use this preferential reaction to create new pore geometries that have chromatographic advantages for specific applications.
  • Examples 1-7 The process of Examples 1-7 is modified to introduce a mixture of nanoparticles within a given layer, based upon a 1.22 ⁇ m silica nonporous silica core particle.
  • a mixture of 11 and 20 nm silica nanoparticles (denoted 11-20 followed by the weight percentage of 11 nm nanoparticles).
  • a hydrothermal treatment 0.2 M TRIS, pH 8, 20 h is used to modify pore structure. Table 4 contains relevant synthetic parameters.
  • the recommended pore diameter for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of molecules that are less than about 5 KDa has been reported to be 60-120 ⁇ , 5-50 KDa has been reported to be 200-300 ⁇ , and much larger pore diameters (1,000-4,000 ⁇ ) are required for larger vaccines or proteins (www.chem.agilent.com, Agilent Document 5990-9028EN). It is not clear how these recommended pore diameters were determined; as such there could be error in these recommendations. However there is a general understanding that while chromatographic analysis of a 5 KDa biomolecule on a 1.000-4.000 ⁇ pore diameter material is possible, it will be greatly limited in phase ratio, retention, and capacity.
  • Another approach to determine optimal material pore diameter for a given molecule is to determine the exclusion limit.
  • the exclusion limit in aqueous SEC for a 125 ⁇ pore diameter material was 80 KDa
  • a 200 ⁇ pore diameter material was 450 KDa
  • a 200 ⁇ pore diameter material was 1,500 KDa material (www.waters.com, Waters document 72000338EN, Rev. E, 2015)
  • Model 2 in FIG. 24 one can estimate sizes for different molecular weight proteins. For example, a 5 KDa protein is estimated to be 13 ⁇ and a 6-50 KDa protein is estimated to be between 14-32 ⁇ . Comparing the pore size for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of 5 KDa molecules (6-120 ⁇ ) to the estimated molecular size using Model 2, there is a 5-9 fold increase in recommended material pore size over the analyte size. Comparing the desirable pore size for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of 50 KDa molecules (200-300 ⁇ ) to the estimated molecular size using Model 2, there is a 6-10 fold increase in the recommended material pore size.
  • Tetrabody (tetravalent, 100 kDa, 41 ⁇ , 170-370 ⁇ ), Triabody (trivalent, 75 kDa, 37 ⁇ , 150-340 ⁇ ), Diabody (bispecific, 50 kDa, 31 ⁇ , 130-290 ⁇ ), IgG1 (146 KDa, 48 ⁇ , 170-440 ⁇ ), IgG2 (146 KDa, 48 ⁇ , 200-440 ⁇ ), IgG3 (170 KDa, 50 ⁇ , 200-460 ⁇ ), IgG4 (146 KDa, 48 ⁇ , 200-440 ⁇ ), IgM (970 KDa, 99 ⁇ , 400-900 ⁇ ), IgA (160 KDa, 49 ⁇ , 200-450 ⁇ ), IgA2 (160 KDa, 49 ⁇ , 200-450 ⁇ ), sIgA (385 KDa, 69 ⁇ , 280-621 ⁇ ).
  • IgD (184 KDa, 52 ⁇ , 210-470 ⁇ ), and IgE (188 KDa, 52 ⁇ , 210-470 ⁇ ), having different approximate molecular weights are estimated to have different approximate sizes, and DMPD, as indicated in parenthesis (approximate molecular weight, estimated molecular size, desirable material pore diameter range).
  • Example 3-9 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 5.
  • FIG. 28 The approach of Example 3-9 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 5.
  • FIG. 28 The approach of Example 3-9 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 5.
  • FIG. 28 The approach of Example 3-9 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 5.
  • Examples 3, 7-10 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 6, FIG. 28 .
  • This process utilizes a hydrothermal processing step to modify the pore properties.
  • Example 3-11 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer.
  • a dual-porosity zone material (superficially porous or fully porous) is prepared, as shown in FIG. 25 , with or without the use of a hydrothermal processing step.
  • the inner porosity zone is prepared to have a thicker porous layer of a smaller pore diameter, and higher surface area.
  • the outer porosity zone is prepared to have a thinner porous layer of higher pore diameter.
  • the pore diameters are chosen by the approach detailed in Example 8 to greatly exclude larger analytes from the inner porosity zone.
  • the inner porosity zone is designed to have a thicker layer, allowing for higher retentivity and capacity for smaller molecules.
  • this dual porosity material can be considered to have dual column phase ratio.
  • the column phase ratio for smaller molecules, which can diffuse through both porosities zones, is based on the produce SSA and SPV.
  • the column phase ratio for larger molecules that are excluded from the inner porosity zone needs to be estimated for the SSA and SPV of the outer porosity zone. Such estimations can be made using the approach detailed in Examples 1-7.
  • complex mixtures e.g., peptides, proteins, RNA's. DNA's
  • Example 1-14 is modified to include a hydrothermal treatment using the method of Wyndham (WO 2010/141426).
  • Example 44-45 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665), or alternative modifications such as pore restructuring and pseudomorphic transformation can be performed (Wyndham, U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,277).
  • Example 1-15 The process of Example 1-15 is modified to replace the nonporous silica core material with an alternative core material composition.
  • the alternative core material can be a monolith or particulate.
  • Hybrid monoliths can have a chromatographically-enhancing or non-chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry, can have ordered or disordered pore structure, can have ordered or disordered macropores, can have crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering, can have variety of nonporous, microporous, mesoporous or macroporous pores, and can have different aspect ratios.
  • Monoliths can be prepared outside of a chromatographic device, or can be synthesized within a chromatographic device (e.g., capillary tubing)
  • the alternative core material when it is particulate, it can be spherical or non-spherical.
  • Spherical core materials are formed following a modification of a reported process in Example 1 or by Barder (U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,369), Unger (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,903, 4,775,520), Anderson (U.S. Pat. No. 5,425,930), core materials described in Examples 1-20 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665) and core materials described in Example 18 of Lauber (DE 102014019372).
  • These core materials include, but are not limited to hybrid and inorganic compositions of nonporous particles (e.g., Choi, J. Y.; Kim, C.
  • Non-spherical particulates include (but are not limited to) rod-shaped, torroid, granular, spirals, capsules, rings, discoidal, concave disks, spools, rings, helix, saddles, cross, cube, derby, helix, cylinders, and tubes.
  • dumbbell, doughnut, rod, spiral, and gyroid shaped materials have been reported ⁇ Doshi. N. PNAS, 2009, 106, 51, 21495; Alexander, L. Chem. Commun., 2008, 3507; Naik. S. J. Phys. Chem. C 2007, 111, 11168; Pang, X.
  • the particle size of the core material is between 0.1-10 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.5-4 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 1-3.5 ⁇ m.
  • composition of these alternative core materials is comprised of one or more of the following: silica (0-100%), hybrid material (0-100%), polymer, polymerizable monomer, polyorganosiloxanes, nanoparticles (5-200 nm), ferromagnetic material, ferromagnetic material, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphene, graphite, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof.
  • the use of diamonds and gold allows for improved thermal conductivity of these materials.
  • ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic material includes (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt. CrO 2 ; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). These magnetic materials allow for magnetic capture and processing of these materials.
  • magnetite ferric oxide
  • maghemite yttrium iron garnet, cobalt. CrO 2
  • ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co.
  • polyorganosilanes include (but are not limited to) those included in Example 4 and Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham (US 20120141789).
  • polymers examples include latexes, epoxides, methacrylates, styrene, divinyl benzene, polysaccharides, dendrigrafts, hyperbranched polymers, and others included in Polymer Handbook (4 th edition. J. Brandrup; E. H. Immergut; E. A. Grulke; editors: Wiley: Hoboken, N.J., 1999).
  • Examples of ferrimagnetic and ferromagnetic iron oxide rings and capsules have been reported (Wu. W. J. Phys. Chem. C 2010, 114, 16092; Jia, C.-J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130, 16968).
  • Alternative core materials can be further modified before use by one or more of the following: thermally treatment at 400-1.200° C. for 10-40 hours to further reduce SPV in air, thermal treatment at 400-1,200° C. for 10-40 under an inert or reducing atmosphere,
  • core materials can be further modified by silica modification following the general process described by in U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,369.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,911,903, Giesche J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 189 ; J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 205) or Nozawa ( Phys. Rev. E: Stat., Nonlinear, Soft Matter Phys., 2005, 72 (1), 011404).
  • the core materials can be modified by following a general process described in Example 13-15 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Any agglomerated materials can be removed through grinding or classification. Products prepared by this approach have little to no porosity. Products prepared by this approach are free flowing and have little to no porosity.
  • nanoparticles used in Examples 1-16 is modified to replace part or all of the nanoparticles (5-200 nm) used with nanoparticles, sols, or nanotubes (5-200 nm), including (but not limited to) hybrid, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphite, graphene, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof, as detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • the use of nanoparticles of diamonds allows for improved thermal conductivity of these materials.
  • ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic nanoparticles includes (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt, CrO 2 ; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). These magnetic materials allow for magnetic capture and processing of these materials.
  • Hybrid nanoparticles are prepared by the condensation of hybrid inorganic/organic alkoxysilanes in the presence or absence of a tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane. Similar nanoparticle sizes can be achieved in this approach (e.g., between 5 and 100 nm).
  • a hybrid nanoparticle can be formed by surface modifying preformed silica nanoparticles.
  • the nanoparticles used in Examples 1-17 is modified to replace part or all of the nanoparticles used with smaller size nanoparticles, nanotubes or molecular precursors ( ⁇ 5 nm), including (but not limited to) single wall, double wall or multiwall carbon nanotubes of carbon, silicon, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphite, graphene, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof; fullerenes, buckminsterfullerenes (e.g., buckeyballs); quantum dots; or polyhedral oligomeric silasesquioxanes (POSS), organically modified spherosilicates and spherosilicates.
  • PES polyhedral oligomeric silasesquioxanes
  • POSS are a unique class of multifunctional hybrids organic/inorganic cluster molecules, having a functional repeat unit of RSiO 1.5 , which have been utilized in composites, plastic additives, and coatings.
  • Organically modified spherosilicates and spherosilicates are silica-based cluster molecules that been modified by reaction with organosilanes, or are stabilized with peripheral alkylamine or tetra-alkylammonium groups.
  • POSS organically modified spherosilicates
  • spherosilicates are well known in the art, are commercially available (e.g., Hybrid Plastics, Hattlesburg, Miss.), and come with a variety of different chemical and molecular structures, as well as different pendant groups that can be modified for incorporation within a material or modified for display of unique peripheral groups (Wyndham, K. D., Ph.D. Thesis, University of California, Irvine, 2000, pp. 256; www.hybridplastics.com document “POSS User's Guide: A guide to developing new products with POSS”, Ver. 2.06).
  • Interval approaches can be performed as needed to modify porosity and change material properties.
  • a composite or layered material containing both diamonds and magnetite would be beneficial for thermal conductivity improvements and magnetic capture processing.
  • a material that contains alumina or titania is suitable for glycopeptides, phosphopeptide and phospholipids separations.
  • a material that contains ceria may be suitable for phospholipid and phosphatidylcholines separations.
  • the polyelectrolyte used in Examples 1-19 is modified to include one or more polyelectrolytes including (but not limited to): poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(diallyldimethylammonium chloride), poly(diallyldimethylammonium bromide), poly(diallyldimethylammonium halide), polyethylenimine, poly(allylamine hydrochloride), poly(allylamine hydrobromide), poly(allylamine hydrohalide), or any of the polyectrolytes detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). The molecular weight of these polyelectrolytes vary between 2,000 and 500,000 Da.
  • the polyelectrolyte used in Examples 1-19 is modified to include the use of chemically degradable polymers, including (but not limited to) polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polymethacrylate, polymethylmethacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), and polylactic acid based polymers containing pendant primary, secondary, or tertiary amino groups as detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • chemically degradable polymers including (but not limited to) polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polymethacrylate, polymethylmethacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), and polylactic acid based polymers containing pendant primary, secondary, or tertiary amino groups as detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Polymethylmethacrylate networks can be decomposed using ⁇ -ray irradiation.
  • Acrylate and methacrylate polymer backbones having thermally cleavable tertiary ester linkages can decompose between 180-200° C.
  • Polyethylene glycol groups can be removed by oxidative degradation ⁇ Andreozzi, R. Water Research, 1996, 30, 12, 2955; Suzuki, J. J. Applied Polymer Science, 1976, 20, 1, 93 ⁇ and microwave assisted template removal using nitric acid and hydrogen peroxide (Tian. B. Chem. Commun., 2002, 1186).
  • Any agglomerated materials or fine materials can be removed through classification.
  • Example 1-20 The process of Example 1-20 is modified to replace the nonporous core material with an alternative core material that is a toroid-shaped or torus-shaped particle.
  • the composition of this alternative core material is that same as those listed in Example 16.
  • FIG. 26 displays the cross-sectional geometry of a superficially porous toroid-shaped or torus-shaped particle.
  • the major toroid radius is defined as 1 ⁇ 2 d 3 +d 1 .
  • a toroid aspect ratio is defined as the major toroid radius divided by the minor toroid radius.
  • the aspect ratio for a doughnut-shaped material is 2-3.
  • Rho is d 2 /d 1 . In the case where there is no porous layer the Rho is 1.
  • the particle size of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.1-10 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.5-4 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 1-3.5 ⁇ m.
  • the aspect ratio of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 2-17, alternatively between 2.5-10, and alternatively between 2.7-5.
  • the diameter across the nonporous core ring of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material (d 2 ) is between 0.1-5 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.5-4 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 0.7-2 ⁇ m.
  • the resulting particle size of the superficially porous torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.5-44 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.1-10 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 1.3-4 ⁇ m.
  • the aspect ratio of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 2-13, alternatively between 2.1-10, and alternatively between 2.2-4.
  • the diameter across the ring of this torus-shaped or toroid-shaped superficially porous material (d 1 ) is between 0.1-14 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.5-4 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 0.8-2 ⁇ m.
  • the diameter across the internal vacant ring (d 3 ) is between 0.1-8.3 ⁇ m, alternatively between 0.3-3.5 ⁇ m, and alternatively between 0.8-2.5 ⁇ m.
  • the resulting Rho of the superficially porous torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.05-0.99, alternatively between 0.2-0.95, and alternatively between 0.5-0.9.
  • Superficially porous products having that are toroid-shaped or torus-shaped have advantages in chromatographic separations. While not limited to theory the first advantage of this geometry is increased permeability due to the presence of the internal vacant ring (d 3 ). Another advantage of this particle geometry is chromatographic efficiency should correlate better with the diameter across the ring section (d 1 ) of the superficially porous material (in toroid nomenclature this is the same as the minor diameter, or twice the minor radius) rather than particle diameter (d 4 ).
  • toroid-shaped superficially porous particles that have similar efficiencies with commercially available, spherical packing materials (e.g., d 1 between 1.6-2.6 ⁇ m) without the high column pressures associated with spherical packing materials.
  • spherical packing materials e.g., d 1 between 1.6-2.6 ⁇ m
  • improved control of column pressure can be achieved.
  • the resulting superficially porous columns can be produced with higher permeability than are currently possible with spherical packing materials—resulting in much lower column pressures.
  • UHPLC/UPLC ⁇ 6000 psi system pressure
  • column pressures commonly associated with HPLC columns ⁇ 6000 psi system pressure
  • Table 8 has a constant internal void of the core material (1.5 ⁇ m) and superficially porous shell thickness (0.3 ⁇ m), with varied core ring thickness (0.1-4.5 ⁇ m).
  • Table 9 has a constant core material aspect ratio (4) and final Rho (0.70), with varied core ring thickness (0.1-2.5 ⁇ m).
  • Table 10 has a constant d 1 (1.0 ⁇ m) and Rho (0.70), with varied core particle diameter (2-10 ⁇ m).
  • Table 11 has a constant d 1 (1.0 ⁇ m) and Rho (0.70), with varied core particle diameter (2-10 ⁇ m).
  • Mechanical strength of a toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material can be improved through selection of the core material, through densification at elevated temperatures, and through adjustment of the core material aspect ratio.
  • a lower aspect ratio core material e.g., between 2-3
  • a higher aspect ratio core material e.g., between 10-15.
  • a toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material that is less brittle and more compliant is at times preferred over a core material that may more easily break during device packing or during a chromatographic run.
  • the toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material needs to have strong attachment of the porous layer.
  • the composition of this core material is silica or hybrid—this can be achieved using the process detailed in Examples 1-20.
  • the core material is a polymer, a metal, or does not easily form a strong attachment (e.g., covalent bonds) with the porous layer
  • the core materials can be further modified by silica modification following the general process described in Example 15 or as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,983,369, 4,911,903, Giesche ( J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 189 ; J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 205) or Nozawa ( Phys. Rev. E: Stat., Nonlinear, Soft Matter Phys., 2005, 72 (1), 011404).
  • the core materials can be modified by following a general process described in Example 13-15 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • Examples 1-21 can be further processed or modified by one or more of the following modification steps in Table 12, in any particular order or repetition.
  • Representative references are provided for these general operations are provided in Table 12. All references are incorporated in their entireties, with illustrative examples provided for select references.
  • silanol surface modification groups include (but are not limited to) octyltrichlorosilane, octadecyltrichlorosilane, octyldimethylchlorosilane, phenylhexyltrichlorosilane, n-butyldimethylchlorosilane, tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, cyanopropyldiisopropylchlorosilane, pentafluorophenylpropyltrichlorosilane, 2-pyridylethyltrimethoxysilane, and octadecyldimethylchlorosilane
  • the materials are surface modified by forming an organic covalent bond between surface organic groups and the modifying reagent.
  • the materials are surface modified by coating with a polymer.
  • the materials are modified by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification.
  • the materials are surface modified by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the materials are surface modified by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • the materials are surface modified by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification, and coating with a polymer.
  • Select unbounded materials from Examples 1-23 are modified with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof, as described in Example 83 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Select unbounded materials from Example 1-23 are modified with a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material resulting in (SiO 2 ) d (O 1.5 SiCH 2 CH 2 SiO 1.5 ) where d is 0-30, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material resulting in (SiO 2 ) d /(O 1.5 SiCH 2 CH 3 ) where d is 0-30, or combination thereof, as described in Example 83 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Example 1 Select materials from Example 1, 2, 3 and 7 were surface bonded with chlorosilanes containing C4 (e.g., C 4 H 9 ) or C8 (e.g., C 8 H 17 ) groups using the general approaches detailed in Examples 23-24 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), and Example 45 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665) or in Example 15 of Wyndham (US 2012141789), followed by endcapping (when applicable) using the general approach of Examples 23-24 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), and Example 16 of Wyndham (US 2012141789).
  • Prototypes data is provided in Table 13. Surface coverage was determined by difference in % C data before and after surface modification
  • Example 23 and 26 are packed into chromatographic columns and evaluated for chromatographic performance following the approach of Examples 25-27 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), Examples 17-19 and 33-34 of Wyndham (US 2012141789) and Examples 62-67 of Wyndham (US 20130319086).
  • the Peptide mixture was the MassPREP Peptide Standard (Waters Corporation, Milford, Mass., P/N 186002337), which contained the following: VO (allantoin), [1] RASG-1, [2] angiotensin Fragment 1-7, [3] bradykinin, [4] angiotensin 11, [5] angiotensin 1, [6] renin substrate, [7] enolase T35, [8] enolase T37, and [9] melittin.
  • the gradient was performed with mobile phases: (A) 0.05% TFA in water; (B) 0.05% TFA in 75:25 acetonitrile/water (v/v).
  • the gradient profile was 0.93% to 66.7% B in 30 min. 2 min hold in 66.7% B, and 100% A for 18 min at ambient temperature (0.2 mL/min) on an ACQUITY UPLC system (Waters Corporation, Milford, Mass.), having detection at 220 nm.

Abstract

The present invention provides novel chromatographic materials. e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for their preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic materials. The chromatographic materials of the invention have controlled porosity and comprise a chromatographic core material and one or more layers of chromatographic surface material which each independently provide an average pore diameter, an average pore volume, or a specific surface area such that the combined layers form a chromatographic material having a predetermined or desired pattern of porosity from the core material to the outermost surface. The materials are useful for HPLC separations, normal-phase selarations, reversed-phase separations, chiral separations, HILIC separations, SFC separations, affinity separations, perfusive separations, partially perfusive separations, and SEC separations.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/304,254 filed Mar. 6, 2016; U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/304,259 filed Mar. 6, 2016; and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/304,261 filed Mar. 6, 2016; the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Packing materials for liquid chromatography (LC) are generally classified into two types; organic materials, e.g., polydivinylbenzene, and inorganic materials typified by silica. Many organic materials are chemically stable against strongly alkaline and strongly acidic mobile phases, allowing flexibility in the choice of mobile phase pH. However, organic chromatographic materials generally result in columns with low efficiency, particularly with low molecular-weight analytes. Many organic chromatographic materials not only lack the mechanical strength of typical chromatographic silica and also shrink and swell when the composition of the mobile phase is changed.
  • Silica is the material most widely used in High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography (UPLC), and Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC). The most common applications employ silica that has been surface-derivatized with an organic functional group such as octadecyl (C18), octyl (C8), phenyl, amino, cyano, etc. As stationary phases for HPLC, these packing materials result in columns that have high efficiency and do not show evidence of shrinking or swelling.
  • Current Hybrid Material Technologies (HMT) provide important solutions to traditional chromatographic problems experiences with silica based packing materials. HMT improvements include dramatically improved high and excellent low pH stability, great mechanical stability, good peak shape when used at pH 7, high efficiency, good retentivity, and desirable chromatographic selectivity.
  • Superficially porous particles (also called pellicular, fused-core, or core-shell particles) were routinely used as chromatographic sorbents in the 1970's. These earlier superficially porous materials had thin porous layers, prepared from the adsorption of silica sols to the surface of ill-defined, polydisperse, nonporous silica cores (>20 μm). The process of spray coating or passing a solution of sols through a bed of particles was commonly used. Kirkland extensively explored the use of superficially porous particles throughout this time and helped develop the Zipax brand of superficially porous materials in the 1970's. A review of Kirkland's career was provided by Unger (Journal of Chromatography A, 1060 (2004) 1).
  • Superficially porous particles have been a very active area of research in the past five years. One prior report that uses a mixed condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with an organosilane of the type YSi(OR)3 where Y contains an alkyl or aryl group and R is methoxy or ethoxy, has been reported by Unger for both fully porous (EP 84.979 B1, 1996) and superficially porous particles ( Advanced Materials 1998, 10, 1036). These particles do not have sufficient size (1-2 μm) for effective use in UPLC, nor do they contain chromatographically enhanced pore geometry. Narrow distribution superficially porous particles have been reported by Kirkland (US Application 20070189944) using a Layer-by-Layer approach (LBL)—however these particles are not highly spherical. Other surfactant-templated approaches, can yield low yields of narrow distribution, fully porous particles, however these approaches have not been used to prepare monodisperse, spherical superficially porous particles having chromatographically enhanced pore geometry.
  • Modern, commercially available superficially porous particles use smaller (<2 μm), monodiisperse, spherical, high purity non-porous silica cores. A porous layer is formed, growing these particles to a final diameter between 1.7-2.7 μm. The thickness of the porous layer and pore diameter are optimized to suit a particular application (e.g., small vs. large molecule separations). In order to remove polyelectrolytes, surfactants, or binders (additional reagents added during the synthesis) and to strengthen the particles for use in HPLC or UPLC applications, these material are calcined (500-1000° C. in air). Additional pore enlargement, acid treatment, rehydroxylation, and bonding steps have been reported.
  • Evaluation of superficially porous materials (e.g., Journal of Chromatography A, 1217 (2010) 1604-1615; Journal of Chromatography A, 1217 (2010) 1589-1603) indicates improvements in column performance may be achieved using columns packed with these superficially porous materials. While not limited to theory, improvements were noted in van Deemter terms as well as improved thermal conductivity. The University of Cork also has a recent patent application (WO 2010/061367 A2) on superficially porous particles.
  • Although these reported superficially porous particle processes differ, they can be classified as layering of preformed sols (e.g., AMT process) or growth using high purity tetraalkoxysilane monomers (e.g., the University of Cork process). The AMT and University of Cork processes are similar in that they incorporate a repeated in-process workup (over nine times) using centrifugation followed by redispersion. For the AMT process this is a requirement of the layer-by-layer approach, in which alternate layers of positively charged poly-electrolyte and negatively charged silica sols are applied. For the University of Cork process the in-process workup is used to reduce reseeding and agglomeration events. Particles prepared by this approach have smooth particle surfaces and have notable layer formation by FIB/SEM analysis. While both approaches use similar spherical monodisperse silica cores that increase in particle size as the porous layer increases, they differ in final particle morphology of the superficially porous particle. The AMT process results in bumpy surface features and variation of the porous layer thickness. This difference in surface morphology may be due to variation in the initial layering of sols. Most notably both processes use high temperature thermal treatment in air to remove additives (polyelectrolyte or surfactants) and improve the mechanical properties of their superficially porous particles. Since hybrid materials are not thermally stable above 600° C., this approach is not applicable to the formation of hybrid superficially porous particles.
  • The synthesis of narrow particle size distribution porous chromatographic particles is expected to have great benefit for chromatographic separations. Such particles should have an optimal balance of column efficiency and backpressure.
  • While the description of monodisperse superficially porous silica particles has been noted in the literature, these particles do not display chromatographically enhanced pore geometry and controlled pore diameters for many chromatographic applications.
  • Thus, there remains a need for a process in which packing materials, including fully porous and superficially porous materials, can be prepared with controlled and desirable pore diameters and chromatographically enhanced pore geometry.
  • Similarly, there remains a need for a process in which porous materials having controlled porosity can be prepared with improved chemical stability with high pH mobile phases.
  • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In the present invention provides novel chromatographic materials. e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic material having controlled porosity. In certain embodiments, the chromatographic material having controlled porosity is in the form of a particle, a monolith, or a superficially porous material. In other embodiments, the chromatographic materials of the invention have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry. In certain specific embodiments, the chromatographic materials of the invention do not have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising a chromatographic core material having a primary surface and one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material.
  • In certain embodiments, the chromatographic core material having a primary surface of the materials of the invention is a nonporous material, a substantially nonporous material, a superficially porous material, or a fully porous material. In specific embodiments, the chromatographic core material is an inorganic material, an organic material, or an inorganic/organic hybrid material. In still other specific embodiments, the chromatographic core material is an inorganic material; silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material. In certain embodiments, the chromatographic core material is not a hollow core material.
  • In some embodiments, the chromatographic core material having a primary surface of the materials of the invention has the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m]  (I)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0,
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R1 and R2 are optionally substituted;
  • provided that: (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
  • t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when 0<p+q≤3; and
  • (2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and
  • t = ( 3 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when p+q≤2;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[(R)p(R1)qSiOt]  (II)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
  • wherein,
  • R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; when r=1 then t=1; or when r=2, then t=0.5; and
  • m is an integer from 1-20:

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(C)z  (IV)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers, and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, z=0, then 0.002≤x/y≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤y/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+z)≤210; or

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(B*)y*(C)z  (V)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond, B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/(y+y*)≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤(y+y*)/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+y*+z)≤210.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises one or more nanoparticles. In some embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently an inorganic material or an inorganic/organic hybrid material. In still other embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently diamond, carbon black, graphite, a carbon nanotube, silicon carbide, or an oxide or nitride of aluminum, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, or boron. In other embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently a material having the formula has the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m]  (I)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl:
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0,
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R1 and R2 are optionally substituted;
  • provided that: (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
  • t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when 0<p+q≤3; and
  • (2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and
  • t = ( 3 - ( p + q ) ) ,
  • when p+q≤2;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[(R)p(R1)qSiOt]  (II)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
  • wherein,
  • R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; when r=1 then t=1; or when r=2, then t=0.5; and
  • m is an integer from 1-20:

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(C)z  (IV)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers, and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, z=0, then 0.002≤x/y≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003<y/z<500 and 0.002<x/(y+z)≤210; or

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(B*)y*(C)z  (V)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond, B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/(y+y*)≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003<(y+y*)/z<500 and 0.002≤x/(y+y*+z)≤210.
  • In certain embodiments, the materials used in each layer of the chromatographic surface material may be a mixture of more than one type of material.
  • In particular embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles has a average diameter of 1-400 nm, or of 5-200 nm.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises nanoparticles of two or more different average diameters. In particular embodiments, each layer independently comprises nanoparticles different average diameters, wherein the two different average diameters is a larger average diameter and a smaller average diameter. In specific embodiments, the diameter ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently greater than 1.75; in the range of 1.75 to 100, or in the range of 2-50. In other specific embodiments, wherein the weight ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently from about 19:1 to 0.05:1; from about 15:1 to about 0.25:1; or from about 10:1 to about 0.5:1.
  • In other embodiments, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore diameter of 20 to 1500 Angstroms. In still other embodiments, the average pore diameter of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material. In particular embodiments, the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • In other embodiments, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has specific surface area of 25 to 1100 m2/g. In still other embodiments, the specific surface area of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material. In particular embodiments, the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • In other embodiments, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore volume of 0.15 to 1.5 cm3/g. In still other embodiments, the average pore volume of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material. In particular embodiments, the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; a decrease in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material; or both an increase in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in s average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • In certain embodiments, the predetermined pattern includes variations of two or more of average pore diameter, average pore volume, or specific surface area. In particular, the predetermined pattern can be developed to produce a desired shape to the pores or a desired property at a particular location within the pore.
  • In some embodiments, the least one layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material is an inorganic/organic hybrid material which comprises a hydrophobic surface group and one or more ionizable modifiers. In such embodiments, each ionizable modifier independently contains a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an arylsulfonic group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an amino group, an imido group, an amido group, a pyridyl group, an imidazolyl group, an ureido group, a thionyl-ureido group or an aminosilane group. In particular such embodiments, each ionizable modifier is independently obtained from an ionizable modifying reagent selected from groups having the formula (I)
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00001
  • the formula (II):
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00002
  • the formula (III):
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00003
  • or a combination thereof
  • wherein
  • m is an integer from 1-8;
  • v is 0 or 1;
  • when v is 0, m′ is 0;
  • when v is 1, m′ is an integer from 1-8;
  • Z represents a chemically reactive group, including (but not limited to)
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00004
  • —OH, —OR6, amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • Y is an embedded polar functionality;
  • each occurrence of R1 independently represents a chemically reactive group on silicon, including (but not limited to) —H, —OH, —OR6, dialkylamine, triflate, Br, Cl, I, vinyl, alkene, or —(CH2)m-Q;
  • each occurrence of Q is —OH, —OR6, amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • m″ is an integer from 1-8
  • p is an integer from 1-3:
  • each occurrence of R1′ independently represents F, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl, fluoroalkyl, or fluoroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R2, R2′, R3 and R3′ independently represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C2-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C4-C18 heteroaryl, —Z, or a group having the formula —Si(R′)bR″a or —C(R′)bR″a;
  • a and b each represents an integer from 0 to 3 provided that a+b=3;
  • R′ represents a C1-C6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group;
  • R″ is a functionalizing group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety;
  • R4 represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R5 represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R6 independently represents C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • Het represents a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring system comprising at least one nitrogen atom; and
  • A represents an acidic ionizable modifier moiety or a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety.
  • In such embodiments, the molar ratio of the hydrophobic surface group: ionizable modifier is from about 2.5:1 to about 350:1; about 3:1 to about 200:1; or about 4:1 to about 35:1. In other embodiments, the concentration of ionizable modifier is less than about 0.5 μmol/m2; less than about 0.4 μmol/m2; less than about 0.3 μmol/m2; from about 0.01 μmol/m2 to about 0.5 μmol/m2; from about 0.01 μmol/m2 to about 0.4 μmol/m2; or from about 0.03 μmol/m2 to about 0.3 μmol/m2.
  • In other embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention has a surface area of about 25 to 1100 m2/g; of about 80 to 500 m2/g; or of about 120 to 330 m2/g.
  • In still other embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention has a pore volume of about 0.15 to 1.7 cm3/g; or of about 0.5 to 1.3 cm3/g.
  • In other embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention has a micropore surface area of less than about 110 m2/g; of less than about 105 m2/g; of less than about 80 m2/g; of less than about 50 m2/g.
  • In yet other embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention has an average pore diameter of about 20 to 1500 Å; of about 50 to 1000 Å; of about 100 to 750 Å; of about 110 to 500 Å; of about 100 to 750 Å; or of about 110 to 500 Å.
  • In other embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention, where the material is a particle having a chromatographic core, the a ratio of core diameter to particle diameter of 0.05-0.99; or from 0.2-0.95.
  • In particular embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention The chromatographic material of Claim 1, wherein said chromatographic material is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 14; of about 10 to about 14; or of about 1 to about 5.
  • In certain embodiments, the chromatographic material of the invention further comprises a surface modification. In specific embodiments, the material has been surface modified by coating with a polymer; b by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification; by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer; by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer; via formation of an organic covalent bond between the material's organic group and the modifying reagent; or by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a separations device having a stationary phase comprising the chromatographic material of the invention. In certain embodiments, said device is selected from the group consisting of chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, microfluidic separation devices, sample cleanup devices, solid supports, microchip separation devices, and microtiter plates. In other embodiments, the separations device is useful for applications selected from the group consisting of solid phase extraction, high pressure liquid chromatography, combinatorial chemistry, synthesis, biological assays, ultra performance liquid chromatography, ultra fast liquid chromatography, ultra high pressure liquid chromatography, supercritical fluid chromatography, and mass spectrometry.
  • In still another aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic column, comprising
  • a) a column having a cylindrical interior for accepting a packing material and
  • b) a packed chromatographic bed comprising the chromatographic material of the invention.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a kit comprising the chromatographic material of the invention and instructions for use. In certain embodiments, the instructions are for use with a separations device, including, but not limited to chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, microfluidic separation devices, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates.
  • In still another aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic device, comprising
  • a) an interior channel for accepting a packing material and
  • b) a packed chromatographic bed comprising the chromatographic material of the invention.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material according to the invention comprising the steps of:
      • a. providing a chromatographic core material having a primary surface; and
      • b. applying to said primary surface one or more layers of chromatographic surface material,
        • to produce a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material according to the invention comprising the steps of:
      • a. providing a chromatographic core material having a primary surface; and
      • b. applying to said surface a chromatographic surface material and an electrolyte;
      • c. removing the polyelectrolyte to form a resultant material having a surface; and
      • d. optionally, repeating steps b and c one or more time on surface of the resultant material,
        • to produce a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • In certain embodiments utilizing a polyelectrolyte, each instance of the polyelectrolyte is independently a linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or ethylene oxide groups and one or more primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone groups, pyridine groups, or imidazole groups, wherein each polyelectrolyte may be positively or negatively charged. In such embodiments, the polyelectrolyte is removed by calcination, thermal treatment, chemical extraction, degradation, ozonolysis, or combinations thereof.
  • In other embodiments, the methods of the invention further comprise a post-synthetic processing step. In such embodiments, the post-synthetic processing step is endcapping, hydrothermal treatment, extraction, ozonolysis, lyophilization, pseudomorphic transformation, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic surrounding material, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, drying, thermal treatment, dispersion, acid treatment, reaction with a hybrid functional group, surface modification, grinding, classification, sedimentation, or combinations thereof.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a kit comprising the superficially porous material of the invention, and instructions for use. In certain embodiments, the instructions are for use with a separations device. In certain other embodiments, the separations device is selected from the group consisting of chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, microfluidic separation devices, solid phase extraction devices, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 depicts the cross-sectional geometry of superficially porous and fully porous particles, c=particle center; d=diameter of core; d′=diameter of particle; l=radius of particle; 0=origin of porosity along the radius; 1=external surface along the radius.
  • FIG. 2 shows representative selected physical property distributions of superficially porous materials having normalized surface area (SA, left) and normalized pore diameter (PD, right) along the radius of a particle (1). The solid lines represent the planned changes in surface area and pore diameter going from the core of the nonporous particle to the external particle surface. The dotted line represents deviations in pore properties near the nonporous core surface.
  • FIG. 3 shows an estimation of specific surface area (SSA) for silica nanoparticles, using Equation 2.
  • FIG. 4 shows an estimation of core weight fraction for different superficially porous silica materials based on the ratio of core diameter to particle diameter (Rho).
  • FIG. 5 shows an estimation of SSA for a superficially porous silica material using different silica nanoparticles in the synthesis and Rho of 0.73 or 0.90. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 6 shows an estimation of SSA for superficially porous silica material using different silica nanoparticles (5-30 nm) and different Rho. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 7 shows an estimation of average pore diameter (APD) for different superficially porous silica materials based on different silica nanoparticles. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer. Estimation of APD for different superficially porous silica materials based on different silica nanoparticles. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 8 shows an estimation of SSA for Products 1a-1j. Estimated SSA is included using Equations 2-4, having modified apparent nanoparticle size. This method assumes a single nanoparticle feed used for the formation of the porous layer.
  • FIG. 9 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 1j and 2r.
  • FIG. 10 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3a, 7a and 7b from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 11 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3c, 7c and 7d from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 12 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 3e, 7e and 7f from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 13 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 3e and 7f.
  • FIG. 14 shows the pore diameter distributions for Products 1j, 3a, and 3f from nitrogen sorption measurements (Desorption, dV/dLog(D)).
  • FIG. 15 shows FIB/SEM images of Products 3f, 7g and 7h.
  • FIG. 16 shows the estimated Surface Area and Pore Diameter distribution in the porous layer from the core surface (normalized distance=0) to the external particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 3a. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 17 shows the estimated Surface Area and Pore Diameter distribution in the porous layer from the core surface (normalized distance=0) to the external particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 3e. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 18 shows the estimated Surface Area (SA) of porous layer from the core particle (normalized distance=0) to the particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 5a-5c. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 19 shows the estimated Pore Diameter (PD) of porous layer from the core particle (normalized distance=0) to the particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 5a-5c. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 20 shows the estimated Pore Diameter (PD) of porous layer from the core surface (origin of the x-axis) to the external surface (far right of the x-axis) for Products of Example 6. In the case of Rho=0, the origin of the x-axis represents the center of the fully porous material. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 21 shows the estimated Surface Area and Pore Diameter distribution in the porous layer from the core surface (normalized distance=0) to the external particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 7e. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 22 shows the estimated Surface Area and Pore Diameter distribution in the porous layer from the core surface (normalized distance=0) to the external particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 7f. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 23 shows an Alternative Model for Estimated Surface Area and Pore Diameter distribution in the porous layer from the core surface (normalized distance=0) to the external particle surface (normalized distance=1) for Product 7f. These estimations did not included deviations in pore properties near 0.
  • FIG. 24 shows the Molecular Weight and Approximate molecular radius for selected proteins in Table 6, with reported molecule size fitting Models 1-4.
  • FIG. 25 shows the Cross-sectional geometry of dual porosity zone superficially porous and fully porous particles, c=particle center; d=diameter of core; d′=diameter of particle; 1=radius of particle:
  • FIG. 26 shows the cross-sectional geometry of a torus-shaped or a toroid-shaped superficially porous particle. d1=diameter across the ring of material; d2=diameter across the nonporous core ring of material; d3=diameter across the internal vacant ring; d4=cross section particle diameter; c1=center of material ring (found at d½); l1=radius across the center of material ring to surface of material ring; 0=origin of porosity along the radius; 1=termination of the porous layer along the radius.
  • FIG. 27 is a graphical depiction of Ostwald ripening.
  • FIG. 28 presents synthetic schemes useful for the preparation of the materials of the invention. The schemes are described in detail below.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides novel chromatographic materials, e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material. The present invention will be more fully illustrated by reference to the definitions set forth below.
  • Definitions
  • The present invention provides novel chromatographic materials, e.g., for chromatographic separations, processes for its preparation and separations devices containing the chromatographic material. The present invention will be more fully illustrated by reference to the definitions set forth below.
  • “Hybrid”, including “hybrid inorganic/organic material,” includes inorganic-based structures wherein an organic functionality is integral to both the internal or “skeletal” inorganic structure as well as the hybrid material surface. The inorganic portion of the hybrid material may be, e.g., alumina, silica, titanium, cerium, or “Hybrid” includes inorganic-based structures wherein an organic functionality is integral to both the internal or “skeletal” inorganic structure as well as the hybrid material surface. The inorganic portion of the hybrid material may be, e.g., alumina, silica, titanium, cerium, or zirconium oxides, or ceramic material; in an advantageous embodiment, the inorganic portion of the hybrid material is silica. As noted above, exemplary hybrid materials are shown in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,017,528, 6,528,167, 6,686,035 and 7,175,913 and International Application Publication No. WO2008/103423.
  • The term “alicyclic group” includes closed ring structures of three or more carbon atoms. Alicyclic groups include cycloparaffins or naphthenes which are saturated cyclic hydrocarbons, cycloolefins, which are unsaturated with two or more double bonds, and cycloacetylenes which have a triple bond. They do not include aromatic groups. Examples of cycloparaffins include cyclopropane, cyclohexane and cyclopentane. Examples of cycloolefins include cyclopentadiene and cyclooctatetraene. Alicyclic groups also include fused ring structures and substituted alicyclic groups such as alkyl substituted alicyclic groups. In the instance of the alicyclics such substituents can further comprise a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3, —CN, or the like.
  • The term “aliphatic group” includes organic compounds characterized by straight or branched chains, typically having between 1 and 22 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups. In complex structures, the chains can be branched or cross-linked. Alkyl groups include saturated hydrocarbons having one or more carbon atoms, including straight-chain alkyl groups and branched-chain alkyl groups. Such hydrocarbon moieties may be substituted on one or more carbons with, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a thiol, an amino, an alkoxy, an alkylcarboxy, an alkylthio, or a nitro group. Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, “lower aliphatic” as used herein means an aliphatic group, as defined above (e.g., lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl), but having from one to six carbon atoms. Representative of such lower aliphatic groups, e.g., lower alkyl groups, are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-chloropropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-aminobutyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, 3-thiopentyl and the like. As used herein, the term “nitro” means —NO2; the term “halogen” designates —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; the term “thiol” means SH; and the term “hydroxyl” means —OH. Thus, the term “alkylamino” as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, having an amino group attached thereto. Suitable alkylamino groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. The term “alkylthio” refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfhydryl group attached thereto. Suitable alkylthio groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. The term “alkylcarboxyl” as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, having a carboxyl group attached thereto. The term “alkoxy” as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto. Representative alkoxy groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. The terms “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous to alkyls, but which contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. Suitable alkenyl and alkynyl groups include groups having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, advantageously from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • The term “alkyl” includes saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C30 for straight chain or C3-C30 for branched chain. In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 20 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C20 for straight chain or C3-C20 for branched chain, and more advantageously 18 or fewer. Likewise, advantageous cycloalkyls have from 4-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure and more advantageously have 4-7 carbon atoms in the ring structure. The term “lower alkyl” refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbons in the chain and to cycloalkyls having from 3 to 6 carbons in the ring structure.
  • Moreover, the term “alkyl” (including “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification and Claims includes both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfate, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above. An “aralkyl” moiety is an alkyl substituted with an aryl, e.g., having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon ring atoms, e.g., phenylmethyl (benzyl).
  • The term “amino.” as used herein, refers to an unsubstituted or substituted moiety of the formula —NRaRb, in which Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl, or Ra and Rb, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety having from 3 to 8 atoms in the ring. Thus, the term “amino” includes cyclic amino moieties such as piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups, unless otherwise stated. An “amino-substituted amino group” refers to an amino group in which at least one of Ra and Rb, is further substituted with an amino group.
  • The term “aromatic group” includes unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbons containing one or more rings. Aromatic groups include 5- and 6-membered single-ring groups which may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine and the like. The aromatic ring may be substituted at one or more ring positions with, for example, a halogen, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3. —CN, or the like.
  • The term “aryl” includes 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, unsubstituted or substituted benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine and the like. Aryl groups also include polycyclic fused aromatic groups such as naphthyl, quinolyl, indolyl and the like. The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents, e.g., as described above for alkyl groups. Suitable aryl groups include unsubstituted and substituted phenyl groups. The term “aryloxy” as used herein means an aryl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto. The term “aralkoxy” as used herein means an aralkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen atom attached thereto. Suitable aralkoxy groups have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon ring atoms, e.g., O-benzyl.
  • The term “ceramic precursor”” is intended include any compound that results in the formation of a ceramic material.
  • The term “chiral moiety” is intended to include any functionality that allows for chiral or stereoselective syntheses. Chiral moieties include, but are not limited to, substituent groups having at least one chiral center, natural and unnatural amino-acids, peptides and proteins, derivatized cellulose, macrocyclic antibiotics, cyclodextrins, crown ethers, and metal complexes.
  • The language “chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry” includes the geometry of the pore configuration of the presently-disclosed materials, which has been found to enhance the chromatographic separation ability of the material, e.g., as distinguished from other chromatographic media in the art. For example, a geometry can be formed, selected or constructed, and various properties and/or factors can be used to determine whether the chromatographic separations ability of the material has been “enhanced”, e.g., as compared to a geometry known or conventionally used in the art. Examples of these factors include high separation efficiency, longer column life and high mass transfer properties (as evidenced by, e.g., reduced band spreading and good peak shape.) These properties can be measured or observed using art-recognized techniques. For example, the chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry of the present porous materials is distinguished from the prior art particles by the absence of “ink bottle” or “shell shaped” pore geometry or morphology, both of which are undesirable because they, e.g., reduce mass transfer rates, leading to lower efficiencies. Chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry is found in porous materials containing only a small population of micropores. Porous materials with such a low micropore surface area (MSA) give chromatographic enhancements including high separation efficiency and good mass transfer properties (as evidenced by, e.g., reduced band spreading and good peak shape). Micropore surface area (MSA) is defined as the surface area in pores with diameters less than or equal to 34 Å, determined by multipoint nitrogen sorption analysis from the adsorption leg of the isotherm using the BJH method. As used herein, the acronyms “MSA” and “MPA” are used interchangeably to denote “micropore surface area”.
  • The term “functionalizing group” includes organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase.
  • The term “heterocyclic group” includes closed ring structures in which one or more of the atoms in the ring is an element other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen. Heterocyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated and heterocyclic groups such as pyrrole and furan can have aromatic character. They include fused ring structures such as quinoline and isoquinoline. Other examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridine and purine. Heterocyclic groups can also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms with, for example, a halogen, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3, —CN, or the like. Suitable heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups generally will have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one or more N, O or S atoms. e.g. coumarinyl, quinolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino and pyrrolidinyl.
  • The term “metal oxide precursor” is intended include any compound that contains a metal and results in the formation of a metal oxide. e.g., alumina, silica, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, or cerium oxide.
  • The term “monolith” is intended to include a collection of individual particles packed into a bed formation, in which the shape and morphology of the individual particles are maintained. The particles are advantageously packed using a material that binds the particles together. Any number of binding materials that are well known in the art can be used such as, for example, linear or cross-linked polymers of divinylbenzene, methacrylate, urethanes, alkenes, alkynes, amines, amides, isocyanates, or epoxy groups, as well as condensation reactions of organoalkoxysilanes, tetraalkoxysilanes, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, polyethoxysiloxanes, and ceramic precursors. In certain embodiments, the term “monolith” also includes hybrid monoliths made by other methods, such as hybrid monoliths detailed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,214; hybrid monoliths prepared from the condensation of one or more monomers that contain 0-99 mole percent silica (e.g., SiO2); hybrid monoliths prepared from coalesced porous inorganic/organic particles; hybrid monoliths that have a chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry; hybrid monoliths that do not have a chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry; hybrid monoliths that have ordered pore structure; hybrid monoliths that have non-periodic pore structure; hybrid monoliths that have non-crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering; hybrid monoliths that have crystalline domains or regions; hybrid monoliths with a variety of different macropore and mesopore properties; and hybrid monoliths in a variety of different aspect ratios. In certain embodiments, the term “monolith” also includes inorganic monoliths, such as those described in G. Guiochon/J. Chromatogr. A 1168 (2007) 101-168.
  • The term “nanoparticle” is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 nm), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline. Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others. Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth. Extensive reviews have documented recent developments in nano-phase materials, and are incorporated herein by reference thereto: Gleiter, H. (1989) “Nano-crystalline materials,” Prog. Mater. Sci. 33:223-315 and Siegel. R. W. (1993) “Synthesis and properties of nano-phase materials,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 168:189-197. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form). In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof. Moreover, in particular embodiments, the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous. In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter. e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter. e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • Moreover, it should be understood that the nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • The term “substantially disordered” refers to a lack of pore ordering based on x-ray powder diffraction analysis. Specifically, “substantially disordered” is defined by the lack of a peak at a diffraction angle that corresponds to a d value (or d-spacing) of at least 1 nm in an x-ray diffraction pattern.
  • “Surface modifiers” include (typically) organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase. The porous inorganic/organic hybrid particles possess both organic groups and silanol groups which may additionally be substituted or derivatized with a surface modifier.
  • The language “surface modified” is used herein to describe the composite material of the present invention that possess both organic groups and silanol groups which may additionally be substituted or derivatized with a surface modifier. “Surface modifiers” include (typically) organic functional groups which impart a certain chromatographic functionality to a chromatographic stationary phase. Surface modifiers such as disclosed herein are attached to the base material, e.g., via derivatization or coating and later crosslinking, imparting the chemical character of the surface modifier to the base material. In one embodiment, the organic groups of a hybrid material, e.g., particle, react to form an organic covalent bond with a surface modifier. The modifiers can form an organic covalent bond to the material's organic group via a number of mechanisms well known in organic and polymer chemistry including but not limited to nucleophilic, electrophilic, cycloaddition, free-radical, carbene, nitrene, and carbocation reactions. Organic covalent bonds are defined to involve the formation of a covalent bond between the common elements of organic chemistry including but not limited to hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, and the halogens. In addition, carbon-silicon and carbon-oxygen-silicon bonds are defined as organic covalent bonds, whereas silicon-oxygen-silicon bonds that are not defined as organic covalent bonds. A variety of synthetic transformations are well known in the literature, see, e.g., March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Wiley, New York, 1985.
  • The language, “composite material” and the term “composite” are used interchangeably herein to describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure. The composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature. Moreover, a short-hand convention may be used to describe a composite material containing a dispersed nanoparticle, Np/(A)w(B)x(C)y, and may be understood as follows: the symbolic representation to the left of the slash mark represents the dispersed nanoparticle, and the symbolic representations to the right of the slash mark represent the components that comprise the material that the nanoparticle (noted on the left of the slash mark) is dispersed within. In certain embodiments, the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type. (Nanocomposites Science and Technology, edited by P. M. Ajayan, L S. Schadler, P. V. Braun. Wiley-VCH (Weinheim, Germany), 2003)
  • The terms “material having a high thermal conductivity”, “high thermal conductivity core”, and a “high thermal conductivity additive” are defined as a material, core material, or composite additive having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m·K). In various embodiments the additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from; about 20 W/(m·K) to not more than 3500 W/(m·K); about 100 W/(m·K) to not more than 3300 W/(m·K); and 400 W/(m·K) to not more than 3000 W/(m·K). High thermal conductivity cores or additives can be, for example and without limitation, a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A “high thermal diffusivity” core or additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous materials as having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm2/s. In various embodiments the core or additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm2/s to not more than 2000 mm2/s; about 100 mm2/s to not more than 1600 mm2/s; and 150 mm2/s to not more than 1400 mm2/s. This high thermal conductivity core or additive can be a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A “high thermal conductivity superficially porous material (or particle)” is defined as a material that has improved thermal conductivity or improved thermal diffusivity over a porous silica particle of the same size. In various embodiments the higher thermal conductivity superficially porous material is a material that has improved thermal conductivity or thermal diffusivity over a superficially porous silica particle of the same size. In various embodiments the higher thermal conductivity superficially porous material is a material that has improved thermal conductivity over a fully porous hybrid particle of the same size. Determination of particle thermal conductivity can be made by the method of Gritti and Guiochon [J. Chromatogr. A, 2010, 1217, 5137) taking into account differences in bulk material properties, pore volume, surface modification type and coverage.
  • The terms “magnetic material”, “magnetic cores” and “magnetic additives” are defined as a material, core material, or composite additive that gas a mass magnetization (a, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m2/kg). This includes ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic materials, including (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt, CrO2; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • As used herein, the term “fines” refers to undesired materials generated in the processes of the invention that are below the 10 vo % of the target particle size distribution. Fines can be formed from reseeding events or from particle breakage. Resulting fines can be nonporous or fully porous. Often fines are substantially smaller than the 10 vol % of the target particle size distribution. Often fines are <1 um in size. Very small fines can cause problems in chromatography in that the percolate through the packed bed and get stuck in the outlet frit. This generates increased column pressure. Alternatively fines small enough to percolate through the packed bed and outlet frit can result in problems with detectors and can contaminate a product. Problems with detector include clogging flow channels, blocking detector windows, and anomalous detector readings. Such issues can reduce the lifetime of a detector and can require extensive cleaning protocols. Such issues can also impact the precision, accuracy, reliability, reproducibility, and robustness of analytical data generated. Fines can be removed by classification.
  • As used herein, the terms “aggregates” and “agglomerates” refer to undesired materials generated in the processes of the invention that are larger than the 90 vol % of the target particle size distribution, aggregates and/or agglomerates can form from imperfections of the core material, improper mixing or dispersion in the process, or excessive forces during workup. Aggregates and agglomerates can impact the efficiency, permeability, reproducibility and robustness of packed beds within chromatographic columns. It is difficult to optimally pack a chromatographic column with materials having an elevated amount of aggregates and agglomerates. Aggregates and agglomerates can break apart within a packed bed structure when exposed to high pressures and shears. This can result in a mechanical instability of the packed bed and the result of a void on the top of the column. This breaking of aggregates and agglomerates can also result in the generation of fines. Aggregates and agglomerates can be removed by classification.
  • As used herein, the term “substantially nonporous” refers to a material which, although porous, is impermeable or otherwise functions as a non-porous material. Such a substantially nonporous material has a pore volume of less than about 0.10 cc/g.
  • As used herein the term “controlled porosity” refers to porosity which is developed into a predetermined or desired shape or pattern. In certain instances the controlled porosity refers to the changing of an already established porous surface, for example adding a narrower pore diameter to an established wider pore network. In other instances, the controlled porosity refers to a porosity which is devieloved to form a specific pattern as measured from the core material to the outermost surface.
  • As used herein the term, “surface.” as in “primary surface” and “outermost surface,” refers to the structure of the external facing portion of the material, core, or layer. As such, the primary surface refers to the structure of the chromatographic core material prior to the addition of any surface layers. Similarly the “outermost surface” refers to the external facing portion of the final material after all layers have been completed.
  • As used herein the ther “90/10 ratio” refers to the ratio of the particle size distribution of a particulate material of the invention. In the 90/10 ratio, the particle sizes of the material is measured and plotted on an S-curve. The particle size value of represented by 90% of the particles (i.e. the value for which 90% of the particles are equal to or smaller than) is compared as a ratio to the particle size value represented by 10% of the particles (i.e., the value for which 10&% of the particles is equal to or smaller than).
  • Ostwald Ripening and Controlled Porosity
  • The invention employs the phenomenon of Ostwald Ripening in the construction of sol based structures with increased isotropic macroporosity or anisotropic macroporosity gradients. The net effect of Ostwald ripening is depicted FIG. 27.
  • Through the use of this effect, nanoparticles and/or smaller sols, which have higher surface area and positive curvature, are preferentially dissolved and deposited in areas of lower or negative curvature. This invention has the advantage of being able to form unique porosities off of a preformed surface. Specifically, the preferential treatment of smaller nanoparticles and sols over larger ones allows for the creation of a predetermined pattern of pores with regard to pore shape, pore diameter, pore volume, or specific surface area, For example, if the preformed surface is a membrane (e.g., 0.2 pm polypropylene or 0.2 pm anodized alumina) unique porosities can be prepared having changes in pore diameter from high-to-low, low-to-high, repeated porosity profiles, or any possibility therein to create unique porous devices that can be used for sample prep, sample concentrations, solvent purification, ultracentrifugation membranes, dialysis membranes, salt-bridges or other applications
  • If the preformed surface is a fully porous particle this approach can be used to create new fully porous particles with unique properties. For example the preformed fully porous particle may have pore diameters that may be advantageous for certain applications (i.e., 5 50 Angstroms used for desalting) while the larger pore(s) can be used for another application (i.e., reversed-phase protein or peptide separations). The end result it a separation device that performs more than one separation in either a simultaneously or sequential manner.
  • In another example when the preformed fully porous particle has wider pore diameters (e.g., >1000 Angstrom) this approach can be used to create additional porosity within the same particle diameter. In this approach the wider pores are acting as a scaffold for the internal pores.
  • This approach can be used to increase surface porosity at the outer surface of the particle. This creates differences in external film mass transfer, and improves diffusion into the porous network. Such approaches may have utility in column separations as well as sample preparation devices.
  • When the preformed surface is a fully porous particle this approach can be used to create new morphology particles. Through variation of the method of this invention, spherical performed particles can be modified to form non-spherical particles, oblong particles, dumbbell-shaped particles, granular particles or agglomerated materials. Such materials can be used advantageously in chromatography to create new column packing materials that acceptable efficiency with lower column pressure. Such controlled morphology particles may provide much of the benefits of monolithic materials, without the synthetic complexity, shrinkage, or the reproducibility concerns of monoliths.
  • Alternatively, when the preformed surface is a fully porous non-spherical particle this approach can be used to create more spherical or even highly spherical particles. Improvements in particle size distributions can also be realized.
  • When the preformed surface is a monolith this approach can be used to create new monoliths with unique properties. The use of a compliant porous layer on the exterior of a preformed monolith may allow improved cladding or column fabrication. The use of an organofunctional containing external layer may allow a unique means for improved wall attachment. The use of this invention on a monolith may allow for improved porosity control. For example an open monolith that contains little mesoporosity and almost all macroporosity can benefit from this technique as acting as a three-dimensional scaffold for the formation of a mesoporous or porous framework.
  • When the preformed surface is an open scaffold (e.g., wire mesh, glass wool, fiber mesh), new porous materials and devices can be formed that have unique porosity. One particular aspect of this invention is when the preformed surface is a flexible tube or wire. Using layer by layer deposition by dip-coating, one can prepare new monolithic materials that are flexible or have an annular structure. Such materials may be useful for microsampling, DBS-alternatives, Sample prep for LC/MS and as SPME devices.
  • When the preformed surface is a capillary wall (e.g., glass walled capillaries, alumina surface microfluidic devices, ceramic microfluidic devices, titania microfluidic devices, plastic capillaries or microfluidic devices, this invention can be utilized to modify the wall structure (e.g., change square channels to have rounded corners or have more circular cross-sections. Alternatively this approach can be controlled to create new porous layer open tubular. One concern about traditional methods of creating silica PLOT columns is the need to use elevated temperatures to remove the polyelectrolyte and other binding chemicals—as well as to sinter or mechanically strengthen the porous layer.
  • This invention allows for a unique means of creating hybrid materials through redistribution of the dissolved silicate species. When a mixture of hybrid sols and silica sols are used, the hybrid network is more resistance to base treatment, while the silica sols dissolve more readily. This can be used homogeneously or heterogeneously. In one aspect of the invention we can create specific layers or areas of increased hybrid or silica content within the porous layer.
  • In a particular embodiment, the invention allows for a unique means of creating controlled porosity in a superficially porous material.
  • Core and Shell Materials.
  • The invention provides porous materials, particles and/or monoliths comprising a core and one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material surrounding the core.
  • In certain embodiments, the porous material of the invention a substantially narrow particle size distribution. In certain other embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.55. In specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.10 or from 1.05-1.10. In other specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.10-1.55; from 1.10-1.50; or from 1.30-1.45.
  • In certain embodiments, the porous material of the invention, wherein the material has chromatographically enhancing pore geometry. That is, in some embodiments, the superficially porous material of the invention has only a small population of micropores.
  • In one embodiment, the porous material of the invention does not have chromatographically enhancing pore geometry. In another embodiment, the HPCM of the invention has chromatographically enhancing pore geometry.
  • In certain embodiments, the porous material of the invention has a surface area of about 25 to 1100 m2/g; about 80 to 500 m2/g; or about 120 to 330 m2/g.
  • In other embodiments, the porous material of the invention a pore volume of about 0.15 to 1.7 cm3/g; or about 0.5 to 1.3 cm3/g.
  • In certain other embodiments, the porous material of the invention is non-porous.
  • In yet other embodiments, the porous material of the invention has a micropore surface area of less than about 110 m2/g; less than about 105 m2/g; less than about 80 m2/g; or less than about 50 m2/g.
  • In still yet other embodiments, the porous material of the invention has an average pore diameter of about 20 to 1500 Å; about 50 to 1000 Å; about 100 to 750 Å; or about 150 to 500 Å.
  • In the instances above, measurements of pore volume, surface area, pore diameter and the like, the measurement refers to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises one or more nanoparticles. In some embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles is independently an inorganic material or an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • In certain embodiments, the materials used in each layer of the chromatographic surface material may be a mixture of more than one type of material.
  • In particular embodiments, each nanoparticle of the one or more nanoparticles has a average diameter of 1-400 nm, or of 5-200 nm.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently comprises nanoparticles of two or more different average diameters. In particular embodiments, each layer independently comprises nanoparticles different average diameters, wherein the two different average diameters is a larger average diameter and a smaller average diameter. In specific embodiments, the diameter ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently greater than 1.75; in the range of 1.75 to 100, or in the range of 2-50. In other specific embodiments, wherein the weight ratio of the nanoparticles having the larger average diameter to the nanoparticles having the smaller average diameter in each layer is independently from about 19:1 to 0.05:1; from about 15:1 to about 0.25:1; or from about 10:1 to about 0.5:1.
  • As noted in Rekeler (U.S. Pat. No. 3,709,664), “The properties of the silica gel obtained, particularly the porosity characteristics, are discussed in terms of pore volume (PV), surface area (SA), and average pore diameter (PD), where PD=4PV/SA Determinations of the values for the various properties are made by nitrogen absorption-desorption techniques well known in the art and described in detail in the Journal of the American Chemical Society, Volume 60. Page 309 (1938), Journal of Catalysis. “Volume 2. Page 111 (1955).”
  • As such, it is well known in the art that particle porosity can be characterized using nitrogen sorption analysis and characterized in terms of TPV, SSA and APD. The correlation of physical attributes. APD˜4TPV/SSA follows a cylinder pore model with is most applicable with materials having well-formed and opened pore structures. This model does not accurately fit closed or not-well formed pore structures. Nitrogen sorption analysis works best for pores less than about 500 Angstroms in APD. Such a technique is well suited for characterization of meso- and micropores, but is not suitable for characterization of macroporous materials or materials containing large voids.
  • Core Materials
  • As discussed above, in order to prepare the inventive materials, a core material is utilized. The core material has a primary surface which is then altered by the chromatographic surface material to provide a chromatographic material having a predetermined pore size, shape, or composition.
  • In certain embodiments the core material is a nonporous core, a substantially nonporous core, a fully porous core, or a superficially porous core. In most instances a nonporous core or a substantially nonporous core is utilized. In specific embodiments, the core material is a solid material. That is, in certain embodiments the core material is not hollow.
  • In certain embodiments, when a nonporous or substantially nonporous core is used, the core material is silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material.
  • In certain instances, the core material can be an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
  • Similarly, in instances described above, the core may have a surrounding material made of an inorganic/organic hybrid material. In certain embodiments, the inorganic/organic hybrid material has the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m]  (I)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0,
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R1 and R2 are optionally substituted;
  • provided that: (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
  • t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when 0<p+q≤3; and
  • (2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and
  • t = ( 3 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when p+q≤2;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[(R)p(R1)qSiOt]  (II)
  • wherein.
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
  • wherein,
  • R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl; R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; when r=1 then t=1; or when r=2, then t=0.5; and
  • m is an integer from 1-20;

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(C)z  (IV)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers, and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, z=0, then 0.002≤x/y≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤y/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+z)≤210; or the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(B*)y*(C)z  (V)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B. B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond, B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/(y+y*)≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤(y+y*)/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+y*+z)≤210.
  • In instances where the core material is coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, the surrounding material may be porous, nonporous or substantially nonporous and the primary surface of the core material is to be considered the outermost surface of the surrounding material.
  • In certain embodiments, the core materials are composite materials. Composite materials describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure. The composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature. Moreover, the short-hand convention used herein to describe a composite material containing a dispersed nanoparticle, Np/(A)w(B)x(C)y, may be understood as follows: the symbolic representation to the left of the slash mark represents the dispersed nanoparticle, and the symbolic representations to the right of the slash mark represent the components that comprise the material that the nanoparticle (noted on the left of the slash mark) is dispersed within. In certain embodiments, the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type. (Nanocomposites Science and Technology, edited by P. M. Ajayan, L S. Schadler, P. V. Braun. Wiley-VCH (Weinheim, Germany), 2003) The term “nanoparticle” is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 μm), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline.
  • Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others. Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth. Extensive reviews have documented recent developments in nano-phase materials, and are incorporated herein by reference thereto: Gleiter, H. (1989) “Nano-crystalline materials,” Prog. Mater. Sci. 33:223-315 and Siegel. R. W. (1993) “Synthesis and properties of nano-phase materials,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A168:189-197. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form). In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof. Moreover, in particular embodiments, the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous. In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • Moreover, it should be understood that the nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • Nanoparticles are of great scientific interest as they are effectively a bridge between bulk materials and atomic or molecular structures. A bulk material should have constant physical properties regardless of its size, but at the nano-scale this is often not the case. Size-dependent properties are observed such as quantum confinement in semiconductor particles, surface plasmon resonance in some metal particles and superparamagnetism in magnetic materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the composite materials include magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity, or mixtures thereof. Similarly, in certain embodiments, the cores themselves are magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity or mixtures thereof.
  • Materials having a high thermal conductivity, high thermal conductivity cores or a high thermal conductivity additives are defined as materials having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m·K). In various embodiments the additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from: about 20 W/(m·K) to not more than 3500 W/(m·K); about 100 W/(m·K) to not more than 3300 W/(m·K); and 400 W/(m·K) to not more than 3000 W/(m·K). This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A high thermal diffusivity additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm2/s. In various embodiments the additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm2/s to not more than 2000 mm2/s; about 100 mm2/s to not more than 1600 mm2/s; and 150 mm2/s to not more than 1400 mm2/s. This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A magnetic material include materials that have a mass magnetization (o, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m2/kg). This includes ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic materials, including (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt, CrO2; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • In one embodiment, the cores are spherical. In a further embodiment, the spherical core has a non-crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering. In a further embodiment, the spherical core has a non-periodic pore structure.
  • In another embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.1 μm to about 300 μm. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.1 μm to about 30 μm. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.5 μm to about 30 μm. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 0.9 μm to about 10 μm. In a further embodiment, the core has an average size of about 1.0 μm to about 3.0 μm.
  • In certain embodiments, the core material of the invention a substantially narrow particle size distribution. In certain other embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.55. In specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.00-1.10 or from 1.05-1.10. In other specific embodiments, the 90/10 ratio of particle sizes is from 1.10-1.55; from 1.10-1.50; or from 1.30-1.45.
  • In certain embodiments, the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 14. In one embodiment, the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 10 to about 14. In another embodiment, the core is hydrolytically stable at a pH of about 1 to about 5.
  • Synthesis of Core Materials.
  • In one aspect, the core material can be any commercial core material. In other embodiments, the core material can be synthesized using standard protocols. In certain instances, particular approaches may be used to prepare a spherical, substantially spherical or highly spherical core material which is non-porous or substantially non-porous.
  • In one approach spherical silica or hybrid non-porous cores are prepared following standard protocols. A superficially porous layer is formed using two or more of the following; TEOS, a thermally degradable organofunctional silane (e.g., acetoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or bromoethyltrialkoxysilane) along with a more thermally stable hybrid silanes, such as (but not limited to) phenylene bridged silanes. In this process lower temperature thermal treatment (<500° C.) is performed to degrade the thermally degradable organofunctional silane as a means to introduce porosity, while maintaining the more thermally stable hybrid group. The temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air. Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed herein.
  • In another approach, spherical hybrid non-porous cores are prepared following standard protocols. A superficially porous layer is prepared using a surfactant or a mixed surfactant approach using one or more silanes that include (but is not limited to) TEOS, a lower temperature degradable organofunctional silane (e.g., acetoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or bromoethyltrialkoxysilane), ethylene bridged alkoxysilanes, or phenylene bridged alkoxysilanes. The surfactant is removed using an acid ethanol process (e.g., hydrochloric acid in ethanol). Alternatively, the surfactant is removed by thermal treatment (<500° C.) at a temperature that preserves the hybrid group, while removing the surfactant. This temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air. Alternatively the surfactant is removed by oxidation (e.g., ozonolysis). Alternatively, one or more of the surfactants used in this process are selected from the group of acid labile, base labile, or other labile surfactants. These labile surfactants can be reacted and removed later by selecting the correct chemical conditions (e.g., acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation, hydrogenation or hydrogenolysis). Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed above.
  • In another approach, spherical silica or hybrid non-porous cores are prepared following standard protocols. Separately a hybrid sol (<100 nm) solution is prepared using one or more silanes that include (but is not limited to) TEOS, lower temperature degradable organofunctional silane (e.g., acetoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or bromoethyltrialkoxysilane), ethylene bridged alkoxysilanes, or phenylene bridged alkoxysilanes. A uniform superficially porous layer is then prepared in a layer-by-layer approach using a suitable positively charged polyelectrolyte. Suitable polyelectrolytes include (but is not limited to) linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more of the following groups; alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, ethylene oxide groups along with one or more of the following groups; primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone, pyridine, and imidazole. The polyelectrolyte is removed by thermal treatment (<500° C.) at a temperature that preserves the hybrid group, while removing the polyelectrolyte. This temperature is determined by TGA experiments performed in air. Alternatively the polyelectrolyte is removed by ozonolysis. Additional steps of classification, pore modification, acid treatment and bonding are performed, as detailed herein.
  • Chromatographic Surface Material
  • The materials of the invention have one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material applied to the core material. In certain embodiments, one or more layers of chromatographic surface material are a porous inorganic/organic hybrid material; a porous silica or a porous composite material.
  • In certain aspects, the materials of the invention have a rough surface. In still other aspects, the materials of the invention have a smooth surface. As used herein.
  • In certain embodiments, each porous layer is independently from 0.02 μm to 5 μm, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • In other embodiments, each porous layer is independently from 0.06 μm to 1 μm, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • In still other embodiments, each porous layer is independently from 0.20 μm to 0.70 μm, in thickness as measured perpendicular to the surface of the nonporous core.
  • In certain embodiments, the materials of the invention have between 1 and 30 layers of chromatographic surface material. In other embodiments between 2 and 5 layers of chromatographic surface material. In still others 1 or 2 layers of chromatographic surface materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition of each layer of chromatographic shell material is independently chosen.
  • In some embodiments, each layer of chromatographic shell material independently has pores having an average diameter of about 20-1500 Å; about 25-600 Å; about 60-350 Å; about 80-300 Å; or about 90-150 Å.
  • In still other embodiments, each layer of chromatographic shell material independently has an average pore volume of about 0.1-1.50 cm3/g; about 0.11-0.50 cm3/g; of about 0.09-0.45 cm3/g; or of about 0.17-0.30 cm3/g.
  • In yet other embodiments, each layer of chromatographic shell material independently has a pore surface area between about 10 m2/g and 1100 m2/g; about 10 m2/g and 400 m2/g; between about 15 m2/g and 300 m2/g; or between about 60 m2/g and 200 m2/g.
  • Hybrid Chromatographic Surface Materials
  • In certain embodiments, the chromatographic surface material which may be layered onto the core may be independently derived from:
  • condensation of one or more polymeric organofunctional metal precursors, and/or polymeric metal oxide precursors on the surface of the core, or
  • application of partially condensed polymeric organofunctional metal precursors, a mixture of two or more polymeric organofunctional metal precursors, or a mixture of one or more polymeric organofunctional metal precursors with a polymeric metal oxide precursors on the surface of the core.
  • In certain aspects, the inorganic portion of the hybrid material is independently selected from the group consisting of alumina, silica, titania, cerium oxide, or zirconium oxides, and ceramic materials.
  • Alternatively, the hybrid material may independently be derived from:
  • condensation of one or more organofunctional silanes and/or tetraalkoxysilane on the surface of the core, or
  • application of partially condensed organofunctional silane, a mixture of two or more organofunctional silanes, or a mixture of one or more organofunctional silanes with a tetraalkoxysilane (i.e., tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane) on the surface of the core.
  • In other aspects, the hybrid material may independently comprise from about 0-100 mol % hybrid material. The inorganic portion of the surrounding material may independently be alumina, silica, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, zirconium oxide or ceramic materials or a mixture thereof.
  • In specific aspects, the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 0 molar % to not more than about 25 molar %, wherein the pores of the surrounding material are substantially disordered. Similarly, the inorganic portion of the surrounding material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 25 molar % to not more than about 50 molar %, wherein the pores of the surrounding material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material may or may not independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG). In certain embodiments, the inorganic portion of the hybrid layer material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 50 molar % to not more than about 75 molar %, wherein the pores of the hybrid layer material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG). In still other embodiments, the inorganic portion of the hybrid layer material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 75 molar % to not more than about 100 molar %, wherein the pores of the hybrid layer material are substantially disordered, and wherein the hybrid layer material may or may not independently possesses a chromatographically enhancing pore geometry (CEPG).
  • In still other aspects, the inorganic portion of the hybrid material may independently be present in an amount ranging from about 0 molar % to not more than about 100 molar %; specifically, 0%-10%, 0%-5%, 0%-4%, 0%-3%, 0%-2%, 0%-1%, 1%-10%, 1%-5%, 1%-4%, 1%-3%, 1%-2%, 5%-100%, 10%-100%, 15%-100%, 20%-100%, 25%-100%, 30%-100%, 35%-100%, 40%-100%, 45%-100%, 55%-100%, 60%-100%, 65%100%-100% 70%-100%, 75%-100%, 80%-100%, 81%-100%, 82%-100%, 83%-100%, 84%-100%, 85%-100%, 86%-100%, 87%-100%, 88%-%, 88%-100%, 89%-110%, 90%-100%, 91%-100%, 92%-100%, 93%-100%, 94%-100%, 95%-100%, 96%-100%, 97%-100%, 98%-100%, or 99%-100%.
  • In some aspects, the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula I:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m];  (I)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0;
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R. R1 and R2 are optionally substituted;
  • provided that:
  • (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
  • t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when 0<p+q≤3; and
  • (2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and
  • t = ( 3 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when p+q≤2.
  • In other aspects, the hybrid layer material may comprise a material of formula II:

  • (SiO2)d/[(R)p(R1)qSiOt]  (II);
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5.
  • In still other aspects, the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula III:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
  • wherein,
  • R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C1 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; or when r=1 then t=1; or when r=−2 then t=0.5; and
  • m is an integer from 1-20.
  • In yet aspects, the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula IV:

  • (A)x(B)y(C)z  (IV),
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond; and
  • x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/y≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤y/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+z)≤210.
  • In still yet other aspects, the hybrid material may comprise a material of formula V:

  • (A)x(B)y(B*)y*(C)z  (V),
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block;
  • A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B is an organosiloxane repeat units which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond;
  • B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization;
  • C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond; and
  • x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+y*+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/(y+y*)≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤(y+y*)/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+y*+z)≤210.
  • In certain aspects, R2 in the formulas presented above may be present or absent.
  • In certain aspects. R1 in the formulas presented above is C1-C18 alkyl group substituted by hydroxyl. In still other aspects. R1 in the formulas presented above is hydroxypropyl. In still other aspects, the hydroxy substituted alkyl group is further functionalized by an isocyanate. In yet other aspects, the isocyanate is octadecyl isocyanate, dodecyl isocyanate, pentafluorophenyl isocyanate, 4-cyanophenyl isocyanate, 3-cyanophenyl isocyanate, 2-cyanophenyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyate, benzyl isocyanate, phenethyl isocyanate or diphenylethyl isocyate.
  • In certain embodiments, the organosiloxane is, without limitation, phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldiethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldimethoxysilyl)ethane; vinyltriethoxysilane; vinyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane; 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,1-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,1-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,4-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene; hexyltriethoxysilane; hexyltrimethoxysilane; chloropropyltriethoxysilane; chloropropyltrimethoxysilane; octadecyltrimethoxysilane; octadecyltriethoxysilane; octyltrimethoxysilane; octyltriethoxysilane; 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane; 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane; 3-cyanobutyltriethoxysilane; and 3-cyanobutyltrimethoxysilane alone or in a mixture with tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane.
  • In another embodiment, the organosiloxane is, without limitation, a substituted benzene, including (but not limited to) 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, and bis(4-triethoxysilylphenyl)diethoxysilane.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides materials as described herein wherein the hybrid layer material further comprises a nanoparticle or a mixture of more than one nanoparticles dispersed within the core.
  • In certain embodiments, the nanoparticle is present in <20% by weight of the nanocomposite, <10% by weight of the nanocomposite, or <5% by weight of the nanocomposite.
  • In other embodiments, the nanoparticle is crystalline or amorphous and may be silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, oxides thereof, or a nitride thereof. In particular embodiments, the nanoparticle is a substance which comprises one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide, cubic-boronitride.
  • In other embodiments, the nanoparticles may be less than or equal to 200 nm in diameter, less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, or less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • Inorganic Chromatographic Surface Materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the chromatographic surface materials are inorganic materials. In particular embodiments, the inorganic surface material maybe diamond, carbon black, graphite, a carbon nanotube, silicon carbide, or an oxide or nitride of aluminum, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, or boron.
  • Composite Chromatographic Surface Materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the chromatographic surface materials are composite materials. Composite materials describe the engineered materials of the invention composed of one or more components described herein in combination with dispersed nanoparticles, wherein each component/nanoparticle remains separate and distinct on a macroscopic level within the finished structure. The composite material of the present invention is independent of form, and may be monolithic or particulate in nature. Moreover, the short-hand convention used herein to describe a composite material containing a dispersed nanoparticle, Np/(A)w(B)x(C)y, may be understood as follows: the symbolic representation to the left of the slash mark represents the dispersed nanoparticle, and the symbolic representations to the right of the slash mark represent the components that comprise the material that the nanoparticle (noted on the left of the slash mark) is dispersed within. In certain embodiments, the composite materials of the present invention may be nanocomposites, which are known to include, at least, for example, nano/nano-type, intra-type, inter-type, and intra/inter-type. (Nanocomposites Science and Technology, edited by P. M. Ajayan, L S. Schadler, P. V. Braun. Wiley-VCH (Weinheim, Germany), 2003) The term “nanoparticle” is a microscopic particle/grain or microscopic member of a powder/nanopowder with at least one dimension less than about 100 nm, e.g., a diameter or particle thickness of less than about 100 nm (0.1 μm), which may be crystalline or noncrystalline.
  • Nanoparticles have properties different from, and often superior to those of conventional bulk materials including, for example, greater strength, hardness, ductility, sinterability, and greater reactivity among others. Considerable scientific study continues to be devoted to determining the properties of nanomaterials, small amounts of which have been synthesized (mainly as nano-size powders) by a number of processes including colloidal precipitation, mechanical grinding, and gas-phase nucleation and growth. Extensive reviews have documented recent developments in nano-phase materials, and are incorporated herein by reference thereto: Gleiter. H. (1989) “Nano-crystalline materials,” Prog. Mater. Sci. 33:223-315 and Siegel, R. W. (1993) “Synthesis and properties of nano-phase materials.” Mater. Sci. Eng. A168:189-197. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles comprise oxides or nitrides of the following: silicon carbide, aluminum, diamond, cerium, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, zirconium, barium, cerium, cobalt, copper, europium, gadolinium, iron, nickel, samarium, silicon, silver, titanium, zinc, boron, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from diamonds, zirconium oxide (amorphous, monoclinic, tetragonal and cubic forms), titanium oxide (amorphous, anatase, brookite and rutile forms), aluminum (amorphous, alpha, and gamma forms), and boronitride (cubic form). In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles of the present invention are selected from nano-diamonds, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide (anatase form), cubic-boronitride, and any combination thereof. Moreover, in particular embodiments, the nanoparticles may be crystalline or amorphous. In particular embodiments, the nanoparticles are less than or equal to 100 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 50 nm in diameter, e.g., less than or equal to 20 nm in diameter.
  • Moreover, it should be understood that the nanoparticles that are characterized as dispersed within the composites of the invention are intended to describe exogenously added nanoparticles. This is in contrast to nanoparticles, or formations containing significant similarity with putative nanoparticles, that are capable of formation in situ, wherein, for example, macromolecular structures, such as particles, may comprise an aggregation of these endogenously created.
  • Nanoparticles are of great scientific interest as they are effectively a bridge between bulk materials and atomic or molecular structures. A bulk material should have constant physical properties regardless of its size, but at the nano-scale this is often not the case. Size-dependent properties are observed such as quantum confinement in semiconductor particles, surface plasmon resonance in some metal particles and superparamagnetism in magnetic materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the composite materials include magnetic materials, materials having a high thermal conductivity, or mixtures thereof.
  • Materials having a high thermal conductivity, high thermal conductivity cores or a high thermal conductivity additive is defined as a material, core or additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal conductivity greater than 20 W/(m·K). In various embodiments the core or additive has a thermal conductivity ranges from; about 20 W/(m·K) to not more than 3500 W/(m·K); about 100 W/(m·K) to not more than 3300 W/(m·K); and 400 W/(m·K) to not more than 3000 W/(m·K). This high thermal conductivity core or additive can be a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity core or additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A high thermal diffusivity additive is defined as an additive used in a superficially porous particle having a thermal diffusivity greater than 20 mm2/s. In various embodiments the additive has a thermal diffusivity ranges from; about 20 mm2/s to not more than 2000 mm2/s; about 100 mm2/s to not more than 1600 mm2/s; and 150 mm2/s to not more than 1400 mm2/s. This high thermal conductivity additive can be a 0.1-8 μm core particle, nanoparticle additives, or a metal oxide precursor. In various embodiments the high thermal conductivity additive includes (but is not limited to) aluminum, copper, gold, and diamonds.
  • A magnetic material include materials that have a mass magnetization (a, magnetic moment per unit mass, magnetic saturation or saturation magnetization) at room temperature greater than 15 emu/g (A m2/kg). This includes ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic materials, including (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt, CrO2; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). Magnetic core particles do not include other oxides of iron, including hematite and goethite, that have mass magnetization values less than 10 emu/g. Hematite (0.4 emu/g) is considered antiferromagnetic at room temperature.
  • Ionizable Modifier Surface Materials
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, the invention provides, a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising one or more layers of chromatographic surface material wherein the chromatographic surface material comprises a hydrophobic surface group and one or more ionizable modifiers. In certain embodiments the ionizable modifier does not contain a Zwitterion or a quaternary ammonium ion moiety.
  • The composition of the chromatographic surface material and the chromatographic core material (if present) may be varied by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide enhanced chromatographic selectivity, enhanced column chemical stability, enhanced column efficiency, and/or enhanced mechanical strength. Similarly, the composition of the surrounding material provides a change in hydrophilic/lipophilic balance (HLB), surface charge (e.g., isoelectric point or silanol pKa), and/or surface functionality for enhanced chromatographic separation. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the composition of the chromatographic material may also provide a surface functionality for available for further surface modification.
  • The ionizable modifiers and the hydrophobic surface groups of of the chromatographic surface materials of the invention can be prepared using known methods. Some of the ionizable modifier reagents are commercially available. For example silanes having amino alkyl trialkoxysilanes, methyl amino alkyl trialkoxysilanes, and pyridyl alkyl trialkoxysilanes are commercially available. Other silanes such as chloropropyl alkyl trichlorosilane and chloropropyl alkyl trialkoxysilane are also commercially available. These can be bonded and reacted with imidazole to create imidazolyl alkyl silyl surface species, or bonded and reacted with pyridine to create pyridyl alkyl silyl surface species. Other acidic modifiers are also commercially available, including, but not limited to, sulfopropyltrisilanol, carboxyethylsilanetriol, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethylmethyldichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrimethoxysilane, n-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethylenediamine, triacetic acid, (2-diethylphosphatoethyl)triethoxysilane, 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)ethyltrichlorosilane, and 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane.
  • It is known to one skilled in the art to synthesize these types of silanes using common synthetic protocols, including grinard reactions and hydrosilylations. Products can be purified by chromatography, recrystallization or distillation
  • Other additives such as isocyanates are also commercially available or can be synthesized by one skilled in the art. A common isocyanate forming protocol is the reaction of a primary amine with phosgene or a reagent known as Triphosgene.
  • In some embodiments the ionizable modifier contains a a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an amino group, an imido group, an amido group, a pyridyl group, an imidazolyl group, an ureido group, a thionyl-ureido group or an aminosilane group.
  • In other aspects the ionizable modifier reagent may be selected from groups formula (I)
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00005
  • the formula (II):
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00006
  • the formula (III):
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00007
  • wherein
  • m is an integer from 1-8;
  • v is 0 or 1;
  • when v is 0, m′ is 0;
  • when v is 1, m′ is an integer from 1-8;
  • Z represents a chemically reactive group, including (but not limited to)
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00008
  • —OH, —OR6, amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • Y is an embedded polar functionality;
  • each occurrence of R1 independently represents a chemically reactive group on silicon, including (but not limited to) —H, —OH, —OR6, dialkylamine, triflate, Br, Cl, I, vinyl, alkene, or —(CH2)m″Q;
  • each occurrence of Q is —OH, —OR6, amine, alkylamine, dialkylamine, isocyanate, acyl chloride, triflate, isocyanate, thiocyanate, imidazole carbonate, NHS-ester, carboxylic acid, ester, epoxide, alkyne, alkene, azide, —Br, —Cl, or —I;
  • m″ is an integer from 1-8
  • p is an integer from 1-3;
  • each occurrence of R1′ independently represents F, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl, fluoroalkyl, or fluoroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R2, R2′, R3 and R3′ independently represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C2-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C4-C18 heteroaryl, —Z, or a group having the formula —Si(R′)bR″a or —C(R′)bR″a;
  • a and b each represents an integer from 0 to 3 provided that a+b=3;
  • R1 represents a C1-C6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group;
  • R″ is a functionalizing group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety.
  • R4 represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • R5 represents hydrogen, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • each occurrence of R6 independently represents C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • Het represents a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring system comprising at least one nitrogen atom; and
  • A represents an acidic ionizable modifier moiety or a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety.
  • In yet other embodiments, the inoizable modifier is aminopropyltriethoxysilane, aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(2-(trichlorosilyl)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(2-(trimethoxy)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(2-(triethoxy)ethyl)pyridine, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)triethoxysilane, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)trimethoxysilane, 2-(4-pyridylethyl)trichlorosilane, chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, chloropropyltrichlorosilane, chloropropyltrichlorosilane, chloropropyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyltrimethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylpropyl trichlorosilane, sulfopropyltrisilanol, carboxyethylsilanetriol, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethylmethyldichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrichlorosilane, 2-(carbomethoxy)ethyltrimethoxysilane, n-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethylenediamine triacetic acid, (2-diethylphosphatoethyl)triethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]disulfide, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]tetrasulfide, 2,2-dimethoxy-1-thia-2-silacyclopentane, bis(trichlorosilylethyl)phenylsulfonyl chloride, 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)ethyltrichlorosilane, 2-(chlorosulfonylphenyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(ethoxysulfonylphenyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(ethoxysulfonylphenyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(ethoxysulfonylphenyl)ethyltrichlorosilane, sulphonic acid phenethyltrisilanol. (triethoxysilyl ethyl)phenyl phosphonic acid diethyl ester. (trimethoxysilyl ethyl)phenyl phosphonic acid diethyl ester, (trichlorosilyl ethyl)phenyl phosphonic acid diethyl ester, phosphonic acid phenethyltrisilanol, N-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)pyrrole, N-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazole, bis(methyldimethoxysilylpropyl)-N-methylamine, tris(triethoxysilylpropyl)amine, bis(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)-N-methylamine, (N,N-diethyl-3-aminopropyl)trimethoxysilane, N-(hydroxyethyl)-N-methylaminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(N,N-dimethylaminopropyl)trimethoxysilane, bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N,N′-bis(hydroxyethyl)-N,N′-bis(trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethylenediamine, or N,N-dimethyl-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane.
  • In certain embodiments, when the ionizable modifier is of the formula (III), the acidic ionizable modifiers is a protected or deprotected forms of trisilanol, trialkoxysilane or trichlorosilane; or a salt of sulfonic acid alkyl silanes, sulfonic acid phenylalkyl silanes, sulfonic acid benzylalkyl silanes, sulfonic acid phenyl silanes, sulfonic acid benzyl silanes, carboxylic acid alkyl silanes, carboxylic acid phenylalkyl silanes, carboxylic acid benzylalkyl silanes, carboxylic acid phenyl silanes, carboxylic acid benzyl silanes, phosphoric acid alkyl silanes, phosphonic acid phenylalkyl silanes, phosphonic acid benzylalkyl silanes, phosphonic acid phenyl silanes, phosphonic acid benzyl silanes, boronic acid alkyl silanes, boronic acid phenylalkyl silanes, boronic acid benzylalkyl silanes, boronic acid phenyl silanes, boronic acid benzyl silanes.
  • In certain embodiments, when the ionizable modifier is of the formula (III), the acidic ionizable modifiers is a protected or deprotected version or a salt of sulfonic acid alkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid phenyl isocyanates, sulfonic acid benzyl isocyanates carboxylic acid alkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid phenyl isocyanates, carboxylic acid benzyl isocyanates, phosphoric acid alkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid phenyl isocyanates, phosphonic acid benzyl isocyanates, boronic acid alkyl isocyanates, boronic acid phenylalkyl isocyanates, boronic acid benzylalkyl isocyanates, boronic acid phenyl isocyanates, or boronic acid benzyl isocyanates.
  • In certain embodiments, when the inoizable modifier reagent is selected from formula (III), A represents a dual charge ionizable modifier moiety. While not limited to theory; the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety has two sub-groups that can display opposite charges. Under some conditions the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety can act similarly to a zwitterions and ampholytes to display both a positive and negative charge and maintain a zero net charge. Under other conditions the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety may only have one group ionized and may display a net positive or negative charge. Dual charge ionizable modifier moieties include, but are not limited to, alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, cyclic, polyaromatic, polycyclic, hetrocyclic and polyheterocyclic groups that can display a positive charge (commonly on a nitrogen or oxygen atom), and a negative charge through an acidic group that includes a carboxylic, sulfonic, phosphonic or boronic acid. Alternatively, some metal containing complexes can display both positive and negative charges. Dual charge ionizable modifier moieties may also include, but are not limited to zwitterions, ampholyte, amino acid, aminoalkyl sulfonic acid, aminoalkyl carboxylic acid, mono and di-methylaminoalkyl sulfonic acid, mono and di-methylaminoalkyl carboxylic acid, pyridinium alkyl sulfonic acid, and pyridinium alkyl carboxylic acid groups. Alternatively the dual charge ionizable modifier moiety may be 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid, 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazine ethanesulfonic acid), piperazine-N,N′-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid), N-cyclohexyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid, N-cyclohexyl-2-hydroxyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid, 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-1-propanesulfonate, 6-Methyl-9,10-didehydro-ergoline-8-carboxylic acid, phenolsulfonphthalein, betaines, quinonoids, N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine, and N-[tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl glycine groups.
  • In some embodiments, the molar ratio of the hydrophobic surface group: ionizable modifier in the surface material of the invention is is from about 4:1 to about 150:1; from about 20:1 to about 100:1; or from about 25:1 to about 100:1.
  • In other embodiments, the concentration of ionizable modifier in the surface material of the invention is less than about 0.5 μmol/m2; less than about 0.4 μmol/m2; less than about 0.3 μmol/m2; from about 0.01 μmol/m2 to about 0.5 μmol/m2; from about 0.1 μmol/m2 to about 0.4 μmol/m2; or from about 0.2 μmol/m2 to about 0.3 μmol/m2.
  • In still another aspect, the surface material of the invention has a quantified surface coverage ratio. B/A, from about 2.5 to about 300 wherein A represents the ionizable modifier and B represents the hydrophobic group. In certain aspects, the quantified surface coverage ratio, B/A, is from about 3 to about 200, from about 4 to about 35 or from about 5 to about 22.
  • In another aspect, the hydrophobic surface group of the surface material of the invention is a C4 to C18 bonded phase. In certain aspects, the hydrophobic surface group is a C18 bonded phase. In still other aspects, the hydrophobic surface group is an embedded polar bonded phase. In other aspects, the hydrophobic surface group is an aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoro-aromatic, phenylhexyl, or pentafluorophenylalkyl bonded phase. In another aspect, the hydrophobic surface group is a C4-C30, embedded polar, chiral, phenylalkyl, or pentafluorophenyl bonding or coating.
  • Core and Material Morphology
  • A further improvement in permeability can be achieved if the particle shape is modified. For example, a uniform micron-sized doughnut, rod, dumbbell, star, or bent-rod-shaped cores is used in place of a highly spherical core. Additional shapes include (but not limited to) spirals, discoidal, concave disks, spools, rings, helix, saddles, cross, cube, derby, helix, cylinders, and tubes. Examples of dumbbell, doughnut, rod, spiral, and gyroid particles have been reported (Doshi, N. PNAS, 2009, 106, 51, 21495; Alexander, L. Chem. Commun., 2008, 3507; Naik, S. J. Phys. Chem. C 2007, 111, 11168; Pang, X. Microporous and Mesoporous Materials 85 (2005) 1; Kievsky, Y. IEEE Transactions on Nanotechnology, 2005, 4, 5, 490; Sugimoto. T, in Monodispersed Particles, (Elsevier Science BV, Amsterdam) 2001; Ozin. G. Adv. Mater., 1997, 9, 6621.
  • Important factors for the non-spherical cores is that they be relatively uniform in dimensions, free-flowing, non-porous, and mechanically strong enough for use in HPLC and UPLC. The composition of these cores may be selected from (but is not limited to) silica, metal oxides, diamonds, heavily cross linked polymers, and hybrid materials. Improvements in core uniformity can be achieved through classification. A reduction in porosity can be achieved by pore filling with a similar or different composition (e.g., pore filling a silica material with a crosslinked polymer composition). Improvements in mechanical strength is achieved by increasing crosslinking with the same or different composition (e.g., creating a silica network within a polymer composition), or by calcination. For the latter, higher temperatures (e.g., >800° C.) may be advantageously used.
  • In order to reduce undesired chromatographic interactions due to the core, a non-porous surface coating with a silica, hybrid, or polymeric composition may be advantageously used. This surface coating step may need to be repeated or performed in a growth-process to achieve the desired thickness. To ensure that the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously provides a uniform surface layer. Calcination and surface rehydroxylation may be advantageously used at the end of this step.
  • A uniform silica or hybrid superficially porous layer may be formed from any one of the processes described herein. To ensure the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously yields a highly uniform porous layer. Additional steps of classification, calcination, pore modification, re-calcination, rehydroxylation and bonding are then performed (as required) as detailed above. These non-spherical superficially porous materials can be packed in chromatographic columns individually or as mixtures with other shapes, or with spherical particles. It is important to optimize column packing conditions for these mixed systems. Considerations of maintaining similar dispersion, bulk density and settling rates between the different materials need to be made.
  • Thus, in certain embodiments, the core material of the invention has specific core morphology. In certain embodiments, such core morphology is produced by using cores having the defined shape. In certain other embodiments, the core morphology refers to the specific defined shape of the product material of the invention.
  • In certain embodiments, the cores or the product material has a highly spherical, rod shaped, bent-rod shaped, toroid shaped or dumbbell shaped core morphology.
  • In certain other embodiments, the cores or the product material has a mixture of highly spherical, rod shaped, bent-rod shaped, toroid shaped or dumbbell shaped core morphologies.
  • Material Properties.
  • The material of the invention may have significantly higher thermal conductivity than fully porous silica particles of the same size. In certain embodiments, the superficially porous material of the invention have significantly higher thermal conductivity than superficially porous silica particles of the same size. Determination of particle thermal conductivity can be made by the method of Gritti and Guiochon [J. Chromatogr. A, 2010, 1217, 5137) taking into account differences in bulk material properties, pore volume, surface modification type and coverage.
  • The material of the invention have significantly improved chemical stability when exposed to high pH mobile phases unbonded, fully porous silica particles of the same size. In certain embodiments, the superficially porous material of the invention have significantly improved chemical stability when exposed to high pH mobile phases unbonded, superficially porous silica particles of the same size.
  • The material of the invention are capable of forming a packed beds with improved permeability as compared to fully porous silica particles of the same size. In certain embodiments, the superficially porous material of the invention are capable of forming a packed beds with improved permeability as compared to superficially porous silica particles of the same size. Improved permeability for a give particle size is observed as a decrease in column backpressure. Determination of permeability of packed beds can be made by inverse size exclusion chromatography.
  • The materials (which are particles) have an average particle size of the material is between 0.8-3.0 μm. Specifically, the average particle size of the material may be between 1.1-2.9 μm or between 1.3-2.7 μm.
  • The materials have pores which have an average diameter of about 25-600 Å; about 60-350 Å; about 80-300 Å; or about 90-150 Å.
  • The materials have an average pore volume of about 0.11-0.50 cm3/g; about 0.09-0.45 cm3/g; or about 0.17-0.30 cm3/g.
  • The materials have a pore surface area between about 10 m2/g and 400 m2/g.
  • Surface Modification and Bonding
  • The materials of the invention may further be subject to further bonding or surface modification.
  • Thus, in one embodiment, the materials of the invention are bonded with a bonded phase. In certain such embodiments, the bonded phase is a C4 to C18 bonded phase. In certain aspects, the bonded phase is a C18 bonded phase. In still other aspects, the bonded phase has an embedded polar bonded phase. In other aspects, the bonded phase is an aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoro-aromatic, phenylhexyl, or pentafluorophenylalkyl bonded phase. In another aspect, the bonded is a C4-C30, embedded polar, chiral, phenylalkyl, or pentafluorophenyl bonding or coating.
  • In another embodiment, the material as described herein may be surface modified with a surface modifier having the formula Za(R′)bSi—R″, where Z=Cl, Br, I, C1-C5 alkoxy, dialkylamino or trifluoromethanesulfonate; a and b are each an integer from 0 to 3 provided that a+b=3; R′ is a C1-C6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group, and R″ is a functionalizing group.
  • In another embodiment, the materials have been surface modified by coating with a polymer.
  • In certain embodiments, R′ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl and cyclohexyl. In other embodiments, R′ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality and a chiral moiety. In certain embodiments. R′ is selected from the group consisting of aromatic, phenylalkyl, fluoroaromatic, phenylhexyl, pentafluorophenylalkyl and chiral moieties.
  • In one embodiment. R″ is a C1-C30 alkyl group. In a further embodiment, R″ comprises a chiral moiety. In another further embodiment, R″ is a C1-C20 alkyl group.
  • In certain embodiments, the surface modifier comprises an embedded polar functionality. In certain embodiments, such embedded polar functionality includes carbonate, amide, urea, ether, thioether, sulfinyl, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thiourea, thiocarbonate, thiocarbamate, ethylene glycol, heterocyclic, or triazole functionalities. In other embodiments, such embedded polar functionality includes carbamate functionalities such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,374,755, and chiral moieties. Such groups include those of the general formula
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00009
  • wherein l, m, o, r and s are 0 or 1, n is 0, 1, 2 or 3 p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and q is an integer from 0 to 19; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cyano and phenyl; and Z, R′, a and b are defined as above. Advantageously, the carbamate functionality has the general structure indicated below:
  • Figure US20190134604A1-20190509-C00010
  • wherein R5 may be, e.g., cyanoalkyl, t-butyl, butyl, octyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, or benzyl. Advantageously, R5 is octyl, dodecyl, or octadecyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of phenylhexyltrichlorosilane, pentafluorophenylpropyltrichlorosilane, octyltrichlorosilane, octadecyltrichlorosilane, octyldimethylchlorosilane and octadecyldimethylchlorosilane. In some embodiments, the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of octyltrichlorosilane and octadecyltrichlorosilane. In other embodiments, the surface modifier is selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate or 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (particularly when the hybrid group contains a (CH2)3OH group).
  • In another embodiment, the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification.
  • In still another embodiment, the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer. In a further embodiment, the organic group comprises a chiral moiety.
  • In yet another embodiment, the material has been surface modified by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • In other embodiments, the material has been surface modified via formation of an organic covalent bond between the particle's organic group and the modifying reagent.
  • In still other embodiments, the material has been surface modified by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • In another embodiment, the material has been surface modified by silanol group modification.
  • Methods of Preparation
  • The invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising:
      • a. providing a chromatographic core material having a primary surface; and
      • b. applying to said primary surface one or more layers of chromatographic surface material,
        • to produce a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • In other embodiments, the invention provides a method for preparing a chromatographic material having controlled porosity comprising:
      • a. providing a chromatographic core material having a primary surface; and
      • b. applying to said surface a chromatographic surface material and an electrolyte;
      • c. removing the polyelectrolyte to form a resultant material having a surface; and
      • d. optionally, repeating steps b and c one or more time on surface of the resultant material.
        • to produce a chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
  • In embodiments in which a polyelectrolyte is utilized, each instance of the polyelectrolyte may be independently a linear, branched, and block polymers containing one or more alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or ethylene oxide groups and one or more primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary amino groups, pyrrolidone groups, pyridine groups, or imidazole groups, wherein each polyelectrolyte may be positively or negatively charged.
  • Subsequently, the polyelectrolyte may be removed by any method known in the part including, but not limited to, calcination, thermal treatment, chemical extraction, degradation, ozono
  • In certain embodiments, the method further encompasses a post-synthetic processing step, wherein the post-synthetic processing step is endcapping, hydrothermal treatment, extraction, ozonolysis, lyophilization, pseudomorphic transformation, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic surrounding material, surrounding the chromatographic material in an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material, drying, thermal treatment, dispersion, acid treatment, reaction with a hybrid functional group, surface modification, grinding, classification, sedimentation, or combinations thereof.
  • Of particular importance in controlling the porosity of the materials of the invention is the ability to modify the composition, pore diameter, pore volume, or specific surface area of each layer of chromatographic surface material. By doing so, the porosity can be controlled in a predetermined or desired pattern. In certain embodiments, the predetermined pattern may include an increase in average pore diameter, a decrease in average pore diameter, an increase in average pore volume, a decrease in average pore volume, an increase in specific surface area, a decrease in specific surface area, or combinations thereof. In such embodiments, the predetermined pattern is generally regarded as starting at the primary surface of the chromatographic core material and proceeding to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material. In certain embodiments, the predetermined pattern may be viewed outermost surface of the chromatographic to the primary surface of the chromatographic core material.
  • In certain embodiments the predetermined pattern maybe cone shaped, tapered, fluted, trumpeted, or another predetermined pattern having a single pattern from the core to the outermost surface or a repeating pattern from the core to the outermost surface. Such predetermined patterns can be seen, for example, in FIG. 20.
  • Approaches which Will be Useful in the Methods of the Invention are as Follows.
  • Approaches to the formation of superficially porous materials may be useful in the claimed methods.
  • Each layer of chromatographic surface material is independently selected from is a porous inorganic/organic hybrid material, a porous silica, a porous composite material or mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, each layer of the chromatographic core material may be silica; silica coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a magnetic core material; a magnetic core material coated with silica; a high thermal conductivity core material; a high thermal conductivity core material coated with silica; a composite material; an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; a composite material coated with silica; a magnetic core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material; or a high thermal conductivity core material coated with an inorganic/organic hybrid surrounding material.
  • In other embodiments, each layer of the chromatographic surface material may have the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m]  (I)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0,
  • t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R. R1 and R2 are optionally substituted; provided that: (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
  • t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
  • when 0<p+q≤3; and
  • (2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and t=(3−(p+q)), when p+q≤2;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[(R)p(R1)qSiOt]  (II)
  • wherein,
  • R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5;

  • the formula:

  • (SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
  • wherein,
  • R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
  • R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
  • d is 0 to about 30;
  • r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; when r=1 then t=1; or when r=2, then t=0.5; and
  • m is an integer from 1-20;

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(C)z  (IV)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A. B, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers, and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, z=0, then 0.002≤x/y≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤y/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+z)≤210; or

  • the formula:

  • (A)x(B)y(B*)y*(C)z  (V)
  • wherein the order of repeat units A, B, B*, and C may be random, block, or a combination of random and block; A is an organic repeat unit which is covalently bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond; B is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond and which may be further bonded to one or more repeat units A or B via an organic bond, B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic siloxane bond, wherein B* is an organosiloxane repeat unit that does not have reactive (i.e., polymerizable) organic components and may further have a protected functional group that may be deprotected after polymerization; C is an inorganic repeat unit which is bonded to one or more repeat units B or B* or C via an inorganic bond; x and y are positive numbers and z is a non negative number, wherein x+y+z=1. In certain embodiments, when z=0, then 0.002≤x/(y+y*)≤210, and when z≠0, then 0.0003≤(y+y*)/z≤500 and 0.002≤x/(y+y*+z)≤210.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using sols, a polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable polymer, wherein:
  • a) the sols are inorganic sols, hybrid sols, nanoparticles, or mixtures thereof; and
  • b) the polyelectrolyte or chemically degradable polymer is removed from the material using chemical extraction, degradation, or thermal treatment at temperatures less than 500° C., or combinations thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied by formation through an electrostatic or acid/base interaction of an ionizable group comprising the steps of:
      • a) prebonding the substantially nonporous core with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group.
      • b) treating the substantially nonporous core to sols that are inorganic, hybrid, nanoparticle, or mixtures thereof, that have been prebonded with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of the opposite charge to the ionizable group on the surface of the core; and
      • c) forming additional layers on the material with sols that are inorganic, hybrid, nanoparticle, or mixtures thereof that have been prebonded with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of opposite charge to the ionizable group of prior layer.
  • In particular embodiments, the prebonding of the core or sols includes washing with and acid or base, or a charged polyelectrolyte. In other embodiments, the prebonding of the core or sols includes chemical transformation of an accessible hybrid organic group.
  • In still other embodiments the accessible hybrid organic group is an aromatic group that can undergo sulfonation, nitration, amination, or chloromethylation followed by oxidation or nucleophilic displacement with amine containing groups to form ionizable groups. In yet other embodiments, the accessible hybrid organic group is an alkene group that can undergo oxidation, cross-metathesis, or polymerization to form ionizable groups. In specific embodiments, the accessible hybrid organic group is an thiol group that can undergo oxidation, radical addition, nucleophilic displacement, or polymerization to form ionizable groups.
  • In yet other embodiments, the prebonding of the substantially core or sols includes bonding with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of formula 1,

  • R(CH2)nSi(Y)3−x(R′)x  (formula 1)
  • where n=1-30, advantageously 2-3;
    x is 0-3; advantageously 0;
    Y represents chlorine, dimethylamino, triflate, methoxy, ethoxy, or a longer chain alkoxy group;
    R represent a basic group, including (but not limited to) —NH2, —N(R′)H, —N(R′)2, —N(R′)3 +, —NH(CH2)mNH2, —NH(CH2)mN(R′)H, —NH(CH2)mN(R′)2, —NH(CH2)mN(R′)3 +, pyridyl, imidizoyl, polyamine;
    R′ independently represents an alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl group;
    m is 2-6.
  • In still yet other embodiments, the prebonding of the core or sols includes bonding with an alkoxysilane that has an ionizable group of formula 2.

  • A(CH2)nSi(Y)3−x(R′)x  (formula 2)
  • where n=1-30, advantageously 2-3;
    x is 0-3; advantageously 0;
    Y represents chlorine, dimethylamino, triflate, methoxy, ethoxy, or a longer chain alkoxy group;
    A represent an acidic group, including (but not limited to) a sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, phosphoric acid, boronic acid, arylsulfonic acid, arylcarboxylic acid, arylphosphonic acid, and arylboronic acid.
    R′ independently represents an alkyl, branched alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl group.
  • In particular embodiments, each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using a polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable polymer.
  • In other embodiments, the polyelectrolyte or a chemically degradable is removed from the material by chemical extraction, degradation, or thermal treatment at temperatures less than 500° C. or combinations thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer of chromatographic surface 1 material is applied using alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof, comprising the steps of:
      • a) condensing siloxane precursors on the substantially nonporous core in a reaction mixture comprising ethanol, water and ammonium hydroxide and optionally containing a non-ionic surfactant, an ionic surfactant, a polyelectrolyte or a polymer to form the chromatographic surface material; and
      • b) introducing porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, oxidation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group, ionic surfactant or non-ionic surfactant or a combination thereof.
  • In particular embodiments, the alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof, are condensed on the substantially nonporous core in a solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, an ionic surfactant; and an non-ionic surfactant.
  • In other embodiments, the ionic surfactant is C10-C30N(R)3 +X, where R is methyl, ethyl, propyl, alkyl, fluoroalkyl; X is a halogen, hydroxide, or of the form R′SO3 or R′CO2 where R′ is methyl, ethyl, butyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, aryl, tolyl, a haloalkyl or a fluoroalkyl group.
  • In yet other embodiments, the ionic surfactant is octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, octadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide, or dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • In particular embodiments, the concentration of ionic surfactant is maintained in the reaction solution between 5-17 mM; or in certain embodiments between 8-14 mM.
  • In other embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant is a diblock or triblock copolymer. In certain embodiments, the copolymer is (PEO)x(PPO)y(PEO)x,
  • wherein
  • PEO is a polyethylene oxide repeat unit,
  • PPO is a polypropylene oxide repeat unit,
  • x is an integer between 5-106,
  • y is an integer between 30-85.
  • In particular embodiments the triblock copolymer is Pluronic® P123, having (PEO)20(PPO)70(PEO)20. In still other embodiments, the alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof, are condensed on the substantially nonporous core in a solution comprising:
  • ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide or combinations thereof;
  • octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide; and
  • Pluronic® P123.
  • In certain embodiments, the alkoxysilane used is selected from the group of tetramethoxsilane or tetraethoxysilane.
  • In still other embodiments, the organosiloxane is selected from the group of phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane, diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldiethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldimethoxysilyl)ethane; vinyltriethoxysilane; vinyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane; 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,1-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,1-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,4-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; or 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene.
  • In yet other embodiments, the alkoxysilane used is tetraethoxysilane and the organoalkoxysilane used is 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane.
  • In certain other embodiments, the concentration of octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide is maintained between 8-14 mM.
  • In certain other embodiments, the molar ratio of octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide and Pluronic® P123 is maintained at or above 1.30.
  • In still other embodiments, the molar ratio of alkoxysilane to organoalkoxysilane ranges between 30:1 to 1:30.
  • In certain embodiments, alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are prediluted in ethanol. In certain such embodiments, prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration. In other such embodiments, prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, organoalkoxysilane, or combinations thereof are added a rate between 5-500 μL/min.
  • In other embodiments, a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, ionic surfactant and non-ionic surfactant is added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration. In certain such embodiments the secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, ammonium hydroxide, ionic surfactant and non-ionic surfactant is added within a range between the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle surface area (m2) to reaction volume, to the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle volume (m3) to reaction volume.
  • In certain embodiments, the surfactant mixture is removed through one or more of the following; extractions with acid, water, or organic solvent; ozonolysis treatments, thermal treatments <500° C. or thermal treatments between 500-1000° C.
  • In still other embodiments, the surfactant mixture is removed through combination of acid extractions and ozonolysis treatments.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer of chromatographic surface material is applied using alkoxysilanes, organoalkoxysilanes, nanoparticles, polyorganoalkoxysiloxanes, or combinations thereof; comprising the steps of:
      • a) condensing siloxane precursors on the substantially nonporous core in a reaction mixture comprising ethanol, water or ammonium hydroxide to form a non-porous hybrid inorganic/organic shell material; and
      • b) introducing porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, oxidation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group or a combination thereof.
  • In some such embodiments, the alkoxysilane used is selected from the group of tetramethoxsilane or tetraethoxysilane.
  • In other such embodiments, the organosiloxane is selected as one or more of the following from the group of phenyltriethoxysilane; phenyltrimethoxysilane; phenylethyltriethoxysilane; phenylethyltrimethoxysilane; ethyltriethoxysilane; ethyltrimethoxysilane; methyltriethoxysilane; methyltrimethoxysilane, diethyldiethoxysilane; diethyldimethoxysilane 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene; 1,8-bis(triethoxysilyl)octane; 1,8-bis(trimethoxysilyl)octane; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldiethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,2-bis(methyldimethoxysilyl)ethane; vinyltriethoxysilane; vinyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane; 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethene; 1,1-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,1-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane; 1,4-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(triethoxysilylethyl)benzene; or 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilylethyl)benzene, octadecyltrimethoxysilane, octadecyltriethoxysilane, octyltrimethoxysilane, octyltriethoxysilane, dodecyltrimethoxysilane, and dodecyltriethoxysilane.
  • In still other such embodiments, the alkoxysilane used is tetraethoxysilane and the organoalkoxysilane used is octadecyltrimethoxysilane.
  • In certain such embodiments, the alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof are prediluted in ethanol.
  • In some such embodiments, the prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanse, or combinations thereof are added a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • In other such embodiments, prediluted ethanol solutions of alkoxysilane, one or more organoalkoxysilanes, or combinations thereof are added a rate between 5-500 μL/min.
  • In certain embodiments, a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, and ammonium hydroxide is added at a slow and constant rate to prevent fines generation, aggregation and agglomeration.
  • In certain other embodiments, a secondary solution comprising ethanol, water, and ammonium hydroxide is added within a range between the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle surface area (m2) to reaction volume, to the rate required to maintain a uniform ratio of particle volume (m3) to reaction volume.
  • In certain embodiments, porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group through one or more of the following; extractions with acid, water, or organic solvent; ozonolysis treatments, thermal treatments <500° C., or thermal treatments between 500-1000° C.
  • In still other embodiments, porosity is introduced through extraction, degradation, hydrolysis, deprotection, or transformation of the hybrid group through combination of acid extractions, ozonolysis treatments and/or thermal treatments <500° C.
  • In certain embodiments, each layer is applied using a mixture of formula XX.

  • (D)d(E)e(F)f  (Formula XX)
  • wherein,
    a) d+e+f=1
    b) D is one or more inorganic components upon initial condensation
    c) E is one or more hybrid components upon initial condensation
    d) F is one or more hybrid components upon initial condensation that can be further reacted to increase the porosity of the superficially porous layer.
  • In certain such embodiments, the precursor for the inorganic component upon initial condensation (D) is selected from oxide, hydroxide, ethoxide, methoxide, propoxide, isopropoxide, butoxide, sec-butoxide, tert-butoxide, iso-butoxide, phenoxide, ethylhexyloxide, 2-methyl-2-butoxide, nonyloxide, isooctyloxide, glycolates, carboxylate, nitrate, chlorides, and mixtures thereof of silicon, titanium, zirconium, or aluminum.
  • In other such embodiments, the precursor for the inorganic component upon initial condensation (D) is selected from tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, methyl titanium triisopropoxide, methyl titanium triphenoxide, titanium allylacetoacetatetriisopropoxide, titanium methacrylate triisopropoxide, titanium methacryloxyethylacetoacetate triisopropoxide, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trimethoxide, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trichloride, and zirconium methacryloxyethylacetoacetate tri-n-propoxide.
  • In still other such embodiments, the precursor for the hybrid component upon initial condensation (E) is selected from 1,2-bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane, 1,2-bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane, 1,4-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(triethoxysilyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(trimethoxysilyl)benzene, and bis(4-triethoxysilylphenyl)diethoxysilane.
  • In yet other such embodiments, the precursor for the hybrid component upon initial condensation that can be further reacted to increase the porosity of the superficially porous layer (F) is selected from phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, acetyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane; acetyloxyethyltriethoxysilane; chloroethyltriethoxysilane: chloroethyltrimethoxysilane; methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; bromoethyltrimethoxysilane; bromoethyltriethoxysilane; fluorotriethoxysilane; fluorotrimethoxysilane; and alkoxysilanes of the type:

  • (CH3CH2O)4−vSi(OR*)v  (Formula XXb)
  • wherein
  • R* was the corresponding octadecyl, dodecyl, octyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, or 3-ethyl-3-pentyl group,
  • v was an integer equal to 1-4,
  • In such embodiments, porosity is introduced by reaction of hybrid group F through protodesilylation, hydrolysis, deprotection, acid extraction, thermal treatment <500° C., oxidation, ozonolysis or decomposition.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a material with increased hybrid content near the surface of the material by modifying a silica core with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid material that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the material by modifying a superficially porous material with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Yet another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle by modifying a superficially porous particle with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle by modifying a superficially porous particle that is substantially silica (>90 molar %) with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • Still yet another aspect of the invention provides, a method to produce a superficially porous hybrid particle that has increased hybrid content near the external surface of the particle comprising the steps of
  • a.) forming a superficially porous particle that is substantially silica (>90 molar %) and has a pore volume between 0.18-0.50 cm3/g; and
  • b.) reducing the porosity of this particle by 0.01-0.20 cm3/g by modify this particle with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, the methods provide materials in which 1-15 layers are formed in the process. In other aspects, 2-5 layers are formed. In still other 1-2 layers are formed.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention the each layer of the chromatographic surface material or the chromatographic material as a whole is optimized by acid extraction, classification, ozonolysis treatment, hydrothermal treatment, acid treatment or combinations thereof.
  • In yet other embodiments of the invention, the chromatographic material of the invention is further surface modified. In some aspects by coating with a polymer; coating with a polymer by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification; a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer; a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer; formation of an organic covalent bond between the material's organic group and a modifying reagent; or a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification and coating with a polymer.
  • Alternative Approach to Synthesis
  • In applying the chromatographic surface material to the chromatographic core or to subsequent layers of chromatographic surface materials, a variety of approaches can be utilized.
  • The approaches described herein allows for the synthesis of narrow particle size distribution porous materials particles having a chromatographically enhanced pore geometry.
  • The processes involves the condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane (e.g., tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane) alone or co-condensed with a second organosilane through modification of a traditional Stöber-growth process. Listed below are non-limiting descriptions of this process.
  • Method A:
  • Step 1) Condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to form seed particles (0.2-10 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 2) Grow seed particles by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to form larger core particles (0.3-20 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 3) Further grow particles by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to yield non-porous particles (0.4-20 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5) Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and or surfactants by thermal treatment.
  • Step 6) Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques.
  • Step 9) Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 10) Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • Step 11) Chemical modification of the particle surface.
  • Method B:
  • Step 1) Condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to form seed particles (0.2-10 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents.
  • Step 2) Grow seed particles by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to form larger core particles (0.3-20 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents.
  • Step 3) Further grow particles by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to yield non-porous particles (0.4-20 μm) in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5) Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and/or surfactants by thermal treatment or extraction techniques.
  • Step 6) Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by pseudomorphic transformation in the presence of surfactants and/or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Surfactant removal by extraction techniques or by calcination.
  • Step 9) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 10) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 11) Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 12) Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • Step 13) Chemical modification of the particle surface.
  • Method C (Specific Version of Method A):
  • Step 1) Condensation of Si(OCH2CH3)4 to form seed particles (0.2-2 μm).
  • Step 2) Grow seed particles by condensation of Si(OCH2CH3)4 to form a larger core particle (0.3-7 μm).
  • Step 3) Further grow particles by co-condensation of Si(OCH2CH3)4 with RSi(OR′)3 (R=octyl or octadecyl and R′ is methyl or ethyl) to yield non-porous particle (0.4-10 μm) in the presence or absence of a pore structuring agent (e.g., mesitylene or an alkane). Here R=octyl or octadecyl and R′ is methyl or ethyl.
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 5) Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group by thermal treatment (500-600° C. in air).
  • Step 6) Pore structure modification using ammonium bifluoride (4-20 hours, 25-60° C.).
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing (7-20 hours, pH 5-7, 90-150° C.).
  • Step 8) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 9) Use of elevated temperature treatment (800-1,000° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 10) Prepare the particle surface for modification using hydrofluoric acid treatment.
  • Step 11) Chemical modification of the particle surface using chlorosilanes coupling and endcapping protocols.
  • Method D (Modified Core Particle):
  • Step 1) <10 μm particles (e.g., diamonds, zirconia, titania, iron oxides, cerium, cobalt, cobalt oxides, carbon, silica, silica carbide) are surface activated through treatment with acid, base, chemical reduction, chemical oxidation, or through attachment of a surface modifying group (e.g., adsorption of an amine, surfactant, silane bond).
  • Step 2) Particles are grown by condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with or without (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 3) Particle are further grown by co-condensation of a tetraalkoxysilane with (R1)a(R2)b(R3)cSi(OR4)d to yield a non-porous particles in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 4) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques.
  • Step 5) Produce a porous silica particle by removal of organic group and/or surfactants by thermal treatment or extraction techniques.
  • Step 6) Pore structure modification using fluorine containing chemical techniques, including ammonium bifluoride and hydrofluoric acid.
  • Step 7) Pore structure modification by pseudomorphic transformation in the presence of surfactants and/or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 8) Surfactant removal by extraction techniques or by calcination.
  • Step 9) Pore structure modification by hydrothermal processing in the presence or absence of surfactants or pore structuring agents (including pore expanding molecules and polymers).
  • Step 10) Improve particle size distribution through particle classification techniques
  • Step 11) Use of elevated temperature treatment (>600° C.) to improve particle mechanical stability.
  • Step 12) Prepare the particle surface for modification by acid treatment (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid).
  • Step 13) Chemical modification of the particle surface.
  • Alternatives to Methods A-D
  • Many alternatives within a Method A-D can be explored. For example, if particle are substantially uniform in size after growth, further sizing steps may not be required. Other steps that may be avoided are the use of fluorine containing chemical modification step before pseudomorphic transformation, or the use of a higher temperature treatment to improve particle mechanical stability if the particles already have sufficient mechanical strength without the use of this step.
  • Method D may be useful for preparing superficially porous magnetic particles.
  • In-Tank, in-Line, or Off-Line Magnetic Capture Method
  • As noted herein, the AMT process and the University of Cork process both require repeated in-process workups using centrifugation followed by redispersion during the formation of the superficially porous layer. The concerns with repeated centrifugation is aggregation/agglomeration, difficulty redispersing particles, product uniformity, and long labor times required for this process. Aggregation and agglomeration are extremely detrimental for this process. It is possible for aggregates/agglomerates to be further coated in both of these processes. By its nature repeated centrifugation allows for these un-aged. ‘green’ materials to get close to each other. Excessive centrifugation time and g-forces can results in a tight bed structure that can be hard to redisperse. Filtration (including tangential filtration) is an alternative to centrifugation that allows for a less compact bed to be formed. Unfortunately the time period required to filter <3 μm materials that may be laden with sub-micron fines is prohibitive. These sub-micron fines can readily clog the filter material preventing complete filtration to occur.
  • There are also many methods available to redisperse particles, including sonication using sonic baths, in-line sonicators, in-tank sonicators, sonic horns, rotor-stator mixers, milling, low shear and high shear mixing (e.g., saw-tooth impellers). Optimization of amplitude, frequency and pulse sequences is used for optimal sonication. Adjusting the conductivity. pH and surfactant mixture can also be used to optimally redisperse particles (through solvent washes, or controlled order of addition of reagents). One concern for these redispersion methods is the potential to harm the superficially porous layer. It is expected that elevated shears may result in a fracturing of the porous layer. The resulting material may have bare-spots, or non-uniform porous layers.
  • A further concerns is the long reaction times required for an iterative process, such as those described by AMT and the University of Cork. While such materials can be prepared on a laboratory and batch scale, the times required for these processes can exceed those typically used for the synthesis of fully porous particles.
  • Another concern for uniform shell processes such is the impact of reseeding. Reseeded particles (<0.5 μm) can emerge during the growth step. If they are not effectively removed, the will start to grow preferentially over the larger porous layer, solid core materials. At some point the two particle distributions can overlap. The end result of this, after further processing steps, is the overlapping mixture of superficially porous and fully porous particles. These overlapping mixture of particles are difficult to separate, quantify or understand the impact on chromatographic performance (including chromatographic reproducibility).
  • Thus, in an alternative approach, magnetic capture methods are used to collect magnetic core particles in place of centrifugation or filtration. These methods include in-tank, in-line, or off-line magnetic capture.
  • In-tank magnetic capture uses a removable magnetic rod (or alternatively an electromagnet) placed within a removable or permanent glass sleeve or baffle. In this approach the magnetic rod is placed within the glass sleeve during the time of capture. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the magnetic rod is removed and bound magnetic core particles are redispersed. Alternatively, an external magnet is placed on the side of the reactor allowing magnetic core particles to be captured on the reactor side-wall. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the external magnet is removed and bound magnetic core particles are redispersed.
  • The in-line magnetic capture method involves pumping the reaction solution in a recirculation loop through a collection container. This collection container is placed within a magnetic holding block. Magnetic core particles are collected in this container. After the remaining reaction solution is emptied and a new wash or reaction solvent is added, the collection container is removed from the magnetic holding block and the bound magnetic core particles are redispersed as they are pumped back into the reaction vessel. By using the appropriate sized collection container (advantageously containing one or more flat surfaces) this approach has an advantage in that it allows for good control of the surface area exposed to the magnetic field.
  • The off-line magnetic capture method is similar to filtration in that the reaction solution is transferred to a secondary vessel. In this secondary vessel, a magnetic field is applied to allow for the controlled collection of magnetic core particles. Reaction solution or wash solvents are removed by filtration, decanting, or by siphon. Magnetic core particles are redispersed in the appropriate solvent and transferred back to the reaction vessel.
  • During the magnetic capture step for all of these approaches, a loose collection of magnetic core particles is formed. These collections of core particles are less dense than the cake formed by excessive centrifugation. As a result these particles are easier to redisperse. The manner of redispersing magnetic core particles is similar to the approaches described above.
  • In this approach a non-porous magnetic core is used in place of a non-porous silica or hybrid core. This magnetic core can contain (but is not limited to) magnetic forms of iron oxides, iron, metals, metal oxides, chromium dioxide, ferrites, or cobalt. Advantageously the magnetic core contains magnetite, maghemite. The magnetic core can exist as a pure metal or metal oxide or exist in combination with a second material that includes (but is not limited to) silica, hybrid, polymer, or non-magnetic materials. For example, a magnetic core can be formed by incorporating <100 nm magnetite or cobalt nanoparticles within non-porous silica or polymer particles. The magnetic nanoparticles can be homogeneously dispersed nanoparticles or dispersed clusters of nanoparticles within this material, adsorbed only to the surface, or contained only in the interior of the non-porous core particles. Alternatively 0.3-1.5 μm magnetite or cobalt particles can be used as the non-porous core. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration.
  • In order to reduce undesired chromatographic interactions due to the core, a non-porous surface coating with a silica, hybrid, or polymeric composition may be advantageously used. This surface coating step may be advantageously repeated or performed in a growth-process to achieve the desired thickness. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration. To ensure that the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously provides a uniform surface layer. Calcination and surface rehydroxylation may advantageously used at the end of this step.
  • A uniform silica or hybrid superficially porous layer may be formed from any one of the processes described above. To ensure the core morphology is not substantially modified, this step advantageously yield a highly uniform porous layer. Magnetic capture methods are used in this process in place of centrifugation or filtration. Additional steps of classification, calcination, pore modification, re-calcination, rehydroxylation and bonding are then performed (as required) as detailed above.
  • Considering the problem associated with reseeded particles for uniform layer processes such as the novel one described above or the University of Cork process, a magnetic core particle allows for a unique means to separate the porous layer materials from reseeded particles. This can be utilized in-process or during product workup.
  • The use of magnetic core particles as well as magnetic capture methods allows for a unique process of automating the synthesis of superficially porous particles. The use of in-tank magnetic capture (e.g., using electromagnets) allows for full automation of particle collection. Automated bottom valves and solvent addition valves, are used to fully automate synthesis conditions. In-tank or in-line particle size measurements are used to monitor reaction performance and determined reaction completion.
  • Separation Devices and Kits
  • Another aspect provides a variety of separations devices having a stationary phase comprising the materials as described herein. The separations devices include. e.g., chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices and microtiter plates; packings for HPLC columns; solid phase extraction (SPE); ion-exchange chromatography; magnetic bead applications; affinity chromatographic and SPE sorbents; sequestering reagents; solid supports for combinatorial chemistry; solid supports for oligosaccharide, polypeptides, and/or oligonucleotide synthesis; solid supported biological assays; capillary biological assay devices for mass spectrometry, templates for controlled large pore polymer films; capillary chromatography; electrokinetic pump packing materials; packing materials for microfluidic devices; polymer additives; catalysis supports; and packings materials for microchip separation devices. Similarly, materials of the invention can be packed into preparatory, microbore, capillary, and microfluidic devices.
  • The materials of the invention impart to these devices improved lifetimes because of their improved stability. Thus, in a particular aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic column having improved lifetime, comprising
  • a) a column having a cylindrical interior for accepting a packing material, and
  • b) a packed chromatographic bed comprising a materials as described herein.
  • I another particular aspect, the invention provides a chromatographic device, comprising
  • a) an interior channel for accepting a packing material and
  • b) a packed chromatographic bed comprising a materials as described herein.
  • The invention also provides for a kit comprising the materials as described herein, as described herein, and instructions for use. In one embodiment, the instructions are for use with a separations device. e.g., chromatographic columns, thin layer plates, filtration membranes, sample cleanup devices, solid phase extraction device, microfluidic device, and microtiter plates.
  • The chromatographic materials of the invention can be used in a variety of chromatographic separation methods. As such, the devices and kits can also be utilized for such methods. Examples of chromatographic separation methods the materials of the invention can be used in include, but are not limited to, HPLC separations, normal-phase selarations, reversed-phase separations, chiral separations. HILIC separations. SFC separations, affinity separations, perfusive separations, partially perfusive separations, and SEC separations.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The present invention may be further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples describing the chromatographic materials.
  • Materials
  • All reagents were used as received unless otherwise noted. Those skilled in the art will recognize that equivalents of the following supplies and suppliers exist and, as such, the suppliers listed below are not to be construed as limiting.
  • Characterization
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that equivalents of the following instruments and suppliers exist and, as such, the instruments listed below are not to be construed as limiting.
  • The % C, % H, % N values were measured by combustion analysis (CE-440 Elemental Analyzer; Exeter Analytical Inc., North Chelmsford, Mass.) or % C by Coulometric Carbon Analyzer (modules CM5300, CM5014, UIC Inc., Joliet, Ill.). The specific surface areas (SSA), specific pore volumes (SPV) and the average pore diameters (APD) of these materials were measured using the multi-point N2 sorption method (Micromeritics ASAP 2400; Micromeritics Instruments Inc., Norcross, Ga.). The SSA was calculated using the BET method, the SPV was the single point value determined for P/P0>0.98 and the APD was calculated from the desorption leg of the isotherm using the BJH method. The median mesopore diameter (MPD) and mesopore pore volume (MPV) were measured by mercury porosimetry (Micromeritics AutoPore IV, Micromeritics, Norcross, Ga.). Scanning electron microscopic (SEM) image analyses were performed (JEOL JSM-5600 instrument, Tokyo, Japan) at 7 kV. Focused ion beam scanning electron microscopic (FIB/SEM) image analyses were performed by Analytical Answers Inc. (Woburn, Mass.) on an FEI Model 200 Focused Ion Beam instrument, and a Hitachi S4800 Ultra-Field emission SEM. Particle sizes were measured using a Beckman Coulter Multisizer 3 analyzer (30 μm aperture, 70.000 counts; Miami, Fla.). The particle diameter (dp) was measured as the 50% cumulative diameter of the volume based particle size distribution. The width of the distribution was measured as the 90% cumulative volume diameter divided by the 10% cumulative volume diameter (denoted 90/10 ratio). Light scattering particle size measurements were measured using a Malvern Mastersizer 2000 in water. Particle size measurements of nanoparticles and Zeta-potential measurements were made using a Malvern ZetaSizer NanoSeries (model ZEN3600). Multinuclear (13C, 29Si) CP-MAS NMR spectra were obtained using a Bruker Instruments Avance-300 spectrometer (7 mm double broadband probe). The spinning speed was typically 5.0-6.5 kHz, recycle delay was 5 sec, and the cross-polarization contact time was 6 msec. Reported 13C and 29Si CP-MAS NMR spectral shifts were recorded relative to tetramethylsilane using the external standards adamantane (13C CP-MAS NMR, δ 38.55) and hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane (29Si CP-MAS NMR, δ-9.62). Populations of different silicon environments were evaluated by spectral deconvolution using DMFit software, [Massiot, D.; Fayon, F.; Capron, M.; King, I.; Le Calvé, S.; Alonso, B.; Durand, J.-O.; Bujoli, B.; Gan, Z.; Hoatson, G. Magn. Reson. Chem. 2002, 40, 70-76]. Classification techniques are described, for example, in W. Gerhartz. et al. (editors) Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 5th edition, Volume B2: Unit Operations I, VCH Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, (Weinheim, Fed. Rep. Germ. 1988). Magnetic measurements were made using a vibrating sample magnetometer (ADE/DMS Model 880) by ArKival Technology Corporation (Nashua, N.H.). Phase characterization were made by Wide Angle X-Ray Powder Diffraction (XRPD) analysis (H&M Analytical Services, Inc. Allentown. N.J.), using a Bruker D4 diffractometer (Cu radiation at 40 KV/30 mA). Scans were run over the angular range of 10° to 90° 2-Theta with a step size of 0.02° and a counting time of 715 seconds per step.
  • Example 1
  • Superficially porous silica layers (Scheme 1. FIG. 28) were formed on nonporous silica core material, prepared by the general approach of Stöber (U.S. Pat. No. 3,634,558; J. Coll. Interf. Sci., 1968, 26, 62), using a polyelectrolyte layering process described by Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665), Kirkland (US 20070189944; 20080277346). Blue (J. Chromatogr. A. 2011, 1218 (44), 7989), and Brennan (J. Mater. Chem., 2012, 22, 13197). In this process a porous layer was formed in a layer-by-layer approach using alternating additions of polyelectrolyte and silica nanoparticles (or silica sols) (Muriithi. B. W. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Arizona, 2009, pp. 396). In this process only a single size of nanoparticles was used for each prototype.
  • As detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665), the polyelectrolyte was removed by thermal treatment in air at temperatures greater than 500-600° C. (10-20 hours). To further strengthen these materials, a second thermal treatment at 825-1000° C. for 10-20 hours was employed. A rehydroxylation step was performed using the process described in Example 64 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). Table 1 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data. The core diameter was determined by Coulter Counter, number mode. The nanoparticle size was determined by Zetasizer. SEM was used to confirm nanoparticle size used in Products 1n-1r. Rho was estimated from SEM data. Some error is noted in this calculation for ultra-thin shells products (1m and 1p) that were estimated by this approach to be greater than 1. The MPD (131 Å, 308 Å) and MPV (0.28 cm3/g, 0.09 cm3/g) were measured by mercury porosimetry for Products 1j and 1n (respectively, shown in parenthesis).
  • TABLE 1
    Core
    num,
    mode Nanoparticle Apparent
    dpcore dpnanoparticle SSA SPV APD β dpnanoparticle
    Product (μm) (nm) Rho (m2/g) (cm3/g) (Å) (m2/cm3) (nm)
    1a 1.22 11 0.67 131 0.34 100 151 10
    1b 1.32 11 0.68 119 0.25 81 165 10
    1c 1.17 11 0.69 108 0.29 104 137 11
    1d 1.32 11 0.72 109 0.22 74 164 11
    1e 1.22 11 0.75 102 0.25 91 142 12
    1f 1.17 11 0.80 88 0.19 84 142 14
    1g 1.22 11 0.85 56 0.15 110 101 22
    1h 1.42 11 0.88 72 0.17 93 123 17
    1i 1.32 20 0.73 59 0.26 175 81 21
    1j 1.22 20 0.70 73 0.28 150 95 17
    1k 1.01 20 0.57 83 0.32 150 99 15
    1l 1.32 20 0.70 59 0.24 159 84 21
    1m 1.26 20 0.83 69 0.26 143 94 18
    1n 1.50 69 0.91 13 0.09 384 29 93
    1o 1.75 69 1.06 8 0.03 196 23 152
    1p 1.25 69 0.75 25 0.14 242 47 49
    1q 1.50 69 0.84 18 0.11 290 37 67
    1r 1.75 69 1.01 8 0.04 181 22 152
  • To better understand the impact of pore structure in a porous material, we examined physical properties changes across the radius of the particle distribution function. This distribution approach allows for correlation of points (including molecules, atoms, particles) as a function of distance from a center point. Such a technique has been used to assess distribution of chromatographic particles in a packed bed (Bruns, S. J. Chromatogr. A, 2012, 1268, 53). While often used to assess distributions or ordering using tools such as image analysis or computational simulation, here we employ a simpler visual representation of this approach as it applies to porous media, in the understanding of changes in pore surface area and pore diameter from a central point.
  • FIG. 1 displays the cross-sectional geometry of a porous and superficially porous particle. The critical parameters of a superficially porous particle are defined as the particle center (c), the core diameter (d), the particle diameter (d′ or 2l), the radius of the particle (l), the origin of porous layer along the radius (0), and the termination of the porous layer along the radius (1). The ratio of core diameter to particle diameter (denoted Rho) is defined as d/d′. In the case where there is no porous layer the Rho is 1.
  • The critical parameters for a fully porous particle are particle center (c), the particle diameter (d′ or 2l), the radius of the particle (l), the center of the porous particle (0=c), and the termination of the porous particle along the radius. As there is no core particle, the Rho for a fully porous particle is 0.
  • FIG. 2 shows the expected surface area and pore diameter distribution along the radius. All parameters are normalized from a low state (0) to maximum value (1). The solid line represents the planned changes in surface area and pore diameter going from the core of the nonporous particle to the external particle surface. The dotted line represents expected deviation from this line near the surface of the core and the beginning of the porous layer. In contrast, fully porous materials are expected to have uniform pore diameter and surface area from the center to the surface of the material.
  • Another important parameter is final particle size. As with fully porous particles, the use of chromatographic columns containing smaller particles (e.g., <2 μm in diameter) is expected to yield higher column efficiency and peak capacity when used in gradient separations, when used on an appropriately configured liquid chromatographic system.
  • It is known in the art that a Rho of 0.6-0.8 is preferred for superficially porous particles used for chromatographic separations of small molecules. A Rho of 0.8-0.95 is preferred for superficially porous material used for chromatographic separations of large molecules (K. Horváth. J. Chromatogr. A. 2010, 1217 (41), 6373; G. Guiochon, J. Chromatogr. A, 2011, 1218 (15), 1915).
  • Another important parameter is average pore diameter (APD). A pore diameter between 70-130 Å is preferred for small molecule separation and for smaller biomolecule separations. When the APD is smaller than 70 Å, the resulting materials are often comprised of elevated amount of microporosity. When the APD is greater than 130 Å, there resulting column is expected to display a significant loss in column phase ratio, retentivity, and capacity. Column phase ratio (β) is defined as shown in Equation 1 (ε=interstitial porosity; ρ=skeletal density of the stationary phase).

  • β=(1−ε)·SSA/(SPV+(ε/ρ))  Equation 1
  • Materials with APD greater than 120 Å are preferred for large molecule and biomolecule separations. For many reversed-phase separations of peptides and small proteins a pore diameter of 120-200 Å is preferred. For reversed-phase separations of many larger proteins a pore diameter between 150-450 Å is preferred. The separation of even larger biomolecules, such as vaccines, viruses, antibody-drug-conjugates, larger oligonucleotide and RNA separations, and virus like particles may require APD between 300-900 Å may be preferred. For ion-exchange separations of larger biomolecules the use of nonporous materials may be preferred (e.g., Rho=1). The concern with using columns containing smaller APD materials is exclusion of the large molecule. However, if the APD is too for a given large molecule separation, the same concern emerges with loss in retentivity and column phase ratio.
  • The average pore diameter (APD) of a superficially porous material can be controlled by judicious selection of the nanoparticle size for the sol used in the layer-by-layer process. The impact of nanoparticle size on the surface area and pore diameter can be roughly estimated using the following equations 2-4.

  • SSAnanoparticle=6,000/{dp nanoparticle·ρnanoparticle}  Equation 2

  • SSAsuperficially porous particle =w core·SSAcore+(1−w core)·SSAnanoparticle  Equation 3

  • APD=40,000 SPVsuperficially porous particle/SSAsuperficially porous particle  Equation 4
  • As shown in FIG. 3, as nanoparticle size increases the estimated SSA of these nanoparticles decrease greatly. When these different nanoparticles are then used in the synthesis of superficially porous material, different surface areas emerge. Larger nanoparticles lead to lower SSA and larger APD for the resulting superficially porous products.
  • FIG. 4 shows the estimation of core material weight fraction with varying Rho and FIG. 5 plots the estimated surface area for different superficially porous materials prepared with varied nanoparticle size. While following a similar trend as FIG. 3, the SSA of the superficially porous material is further decreased due to the presence of the core material. Having a thinner porous layer thickness (e.g., higher Rho) also results in a lower SSA for the different materials. The change in Rho from 0.70 to 0.90 is expected to result in a two-fold reduction in the SSA for the superficially porous material.
  • As detailed in FIGS. 5 and 6, the resulting SSA for superficially porous products is estimated for materials made with different nanoparticle sizes. As shown in FIG. 7, materials made with different nanoparticle sizes are expected to have different APD for the products. For different Rho materials made with a given nanoparticle size, one does not expect major differences in APD with Rho, for Rho less than about 0.95 (e.g., 0<=Rho<=0.95). This is understood as shown in Equation 4, where SPV and SSA have a reciprocal relationship. As Rho decreases, both to SSA (m2/g) and SPV (cm2/g) increase. The result of this is APD is expected to be constant with Rho, when uniform porous layers are formed without variation in porosity. While not limited to theory, the exception to this is at higher Rho when the initial layers have formed upon the core surface. For higher Rho materials there may be a larger variation in porosity as the initial porous layer formed, resulting in differences in the APD.
  • Using Equations 2-4 we can estimate the apparent nanoparticle size for products in Table 1. For products 1a-1h. which used an 11 nm nanoparticle feed, we determined an average apparent silica nanoparticle size for the final products of 11.4 nm. For products 1i-1j, which used a 20 nm nanoparticle feed, we determine an average apparent silica nanoparticle size of 17.7 nm. FIG. 8 contains SSA data for Products 1a-1j, along with modeled SSA data. While not limited by theory, it is understood that difference in nanoparticle sizes can be ascribed to difference in analytical techniques and calculations, necking between nanoparticles within the porous layer (e.g., increased coordination number of the porous network), mild ripening of the pore structure due to exposure to water, and/or modification of the porous layer during thermal treatments (e.g., viscous sintering).
  • There is a general trend in final products having a higher Rho having an apparent dpnanoparticle size, when prepared using the same size nanoparticles. For example, when looking at products formed from 11 nm nanoparticles (1a-1h), the lower Rho materials (Products 1a-1d) have good agreement between the apparent dpnanoparticle size (10-11 nm) and the size of nanoparticle used in the process. Higher Rho materials (Products 1f-1h), prepared using the same 11 nm nanoparticles, have higher dpnanoparticle size (14-22 nm). By examining the precursor to final thermal treatment of Product 1g, we determine a dpnanoparticle size of 17 nm. This is in better agreement with the other higher Rho materials. Product 1g had a 20% loss in surface area during the final thermal treatment step. This indicates that thinner shell materials (higher Rho) may have deviations from the model detailed above. These deviations are noted in the model of FIG. 2 as the dotted trend line.
  • Example 2
  • Another method to modify the pore materials of porous media is hydrothermal treatment. By exposing porous materials to elevated temperatures and pH, a process of pore ripening can be utilized that results in a lowering of the SSA and increase in APD, as noted by Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham {WO 2008/103423}. In this process the general approach of Example 1 was modified to include a hydrothermal treatment (20 hours) before the final thermal treatment, using the general method detailed by Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham (WO 2008/103423). See Scheme 2, FIG. 28 for the process overview.
  • Table 2 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data The precursor for Products 2a-2p was prepared using 11 nm silica nanoparticles. The precursors for Product 2q-2r were prepared using 20 nm silica nanoparticles. The Rho for these products were 0.70-0.73, except for Product 2n-2o (Rho=0.86) and 2p (Rho=0.93). Column Phase Ratio (β) was calculated using Equation 1. The ratio of final to initial surface area (SSAf/SSAi) and pore diameter (APDf/APDi) was calculated for final products for Product 2a-2f, and after hydrothermal treatment for Products 2g-2m. Products 2a-2 h, which employed mild hydrothermal conditions, had moderate increases in apparent nanoparticle size. More forcing conditions, such as higher temperatures (Products 2i, 2k-2p) and use of higher pH (Products 2i-2r) showed larger decreases in SSA, increases in APD and increases in apparent silica nanoparticle size.
  • As noted in Example 1, for materials prepared with a single type of nanoparticle, one does not expected significant variation in porosity, surface are or pore diameter across the porous layer. While not limited by theory, this is understood that since a single sized nanoparticle was used the material before hydrothermal treatment is uniform from the core surface to the external surface of the material. The expected result of hydrothermal treatment is uniform increases in pore diameter and reduction in surface area.
  • Products 2a-2h had similar Rho and were prepared using a similar sized nanoparticles. Hydrothermal treatments were performed at the same temperature (100° C.) using different pH conditions (pH 4-8). With increasing pH we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (115-85 m2/g), increase in APD (110-144 Å), decrease in β (133-101 m2/cm3), decrease in SSAf/SSAi (0.84-0.50), increase in APDf/APDi (1.00-1.72) and increase in apparent dpnanoparticle, size (11-14 nm).
  • Product 2j-2m had similar Rho and were prepared using a similar sized nanoparticles. Hydrothermal treatments were performed at the same pH (0.3 M Tris, pH 9.8) using different temperature conditions (100-155° C.). With increasing temperature we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (70-34 m2/g), increase in APD (108-334 Å), decrease in β (110-43 m2/cm3), decrease in SSAf/SSAi (0.83-0.29), increase in APDf/APDi (1.16-3.12) and increase in apparent dpnanoparticle size (17-36 nm). Similar trends with increasing temperature were also observed for Products 2f and 2i, as well as Products 2q and 2r.
  • Product 2n-2p were prepared using a similar sized nanoparticles. Hydrothermal treatments were performed at the same pH (0.2 M Tris, pH 80) and temperature conditions (160° C.). For these products the Rho varied from 0.86-0.93. With increasing Rho we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (15-7 m2/g), decrease in SPV (0.12-0.04 cm3/g) and decrease in β (30-19 m2/cm3).
  • These differences observed are not only due to hydrothermal treatment, since higher Rho materials are expected to have lower SSA, SPV and β. As variation in Rho is not expected to have significant differences on APD, as noted in Example 1 and FIG. 2, deviations in this parameter for high Rho materials. To explore this further we need to review changes in SSA and APD relative to the precursor material. Since the nanoparticle size is the same for these products, and hydrothermal conditions were the same, we expect to have similar relative changes in SSAf/SSAi (0.24-0.25) and APDf/APDi (2.39-3.81). Products 2n-2p had good agreement in SSAf/SSAi, but deviations were observed for the thinnest shell, highest Rho material for APDf/APDi.
  • Products 2f and 2q were hydrothermal treated under the same conditions (0.2 M Tris. pH 8, 100° C.). For these products the Rho was similar but the nanoparticles used in the porous layer were 11 nm (Product 2f) and 20 nm (product 2q). With increasing nanoparticle size we observe general trends in the data; decrease in SSA (85-63 m2/g), increase in APD (141-186 Å) and decrease in β (102-78 m2/cm3). There is an increase in SSAf/SSAi (0.50-0.69) and a decrease in APDf/APDi (1.63-1.14) going from Product 2f and 2q. This is understood that using larger nanoparticles have lower nanoparticle surface area, and such materials change less during hydrothermal treatment under the same conditions.
  • The pore properties of Product 2r were compared with Product 1j. Both products used the same sized silica nanoparticles (20 nm) in the layering process, and had the same Rho (0.70). Product 1j did not have a hydrothermal treatment step, while Product 2r was hydrothermally treated at pH 8 and 160° C. Product 1j had higher SSA (73 m2/g vs. 43 m2/g) and smaller APD (150 Å vs. 277 Å), and smaller apparent nanoparticle size (17 nm vs. 28 nm) than Product 2r. The differences in porosity can be confirmed by mercury porosimetry. The MPD (131 Å, 232 Å) is larger for Product 2r, while the MPV (0.28 cm3/g, 0.29 cm3/g) were similar for Products 1j and 2r (respectively, results shown in parenthesis).
  • The difference in pore properties between Product 1j and 2r can be visually observed in an FIB/SEM image of the porous region, shown in FIG. 9. These figures contain a normalized distance 0→1 of the porous layer along the radius of the particle—which if further detailed in Example 4. In this FIB/SEM comparison it can be clearly observed that Product 1j has is comprised of smaller nanoparticles (observed as lightened globular materials in the porous region defined in these images between 0 and 1), while the hydrothermally treated Product 2r is comprised of more interconnected, globular features. While we can still approximate the average nanoparticle size, this estimation does not fully describe the geometry of the interconnected porous layer. This image also shows improved interconnectivity between the porous layer in the nonporous core material (observed in the left side of these images) for the product having a hydrothermal treatment (Product 2r), which is expected to improve the mechanical and chemical properties of these materials. Both FIB/SEM show similar porosity (observed as the dark regions) from the core to the external surface (in the porous region defined in these images between 0 and 1). It is important to note that in the FIB/SEM analysis a surface coating needs to be applied, which is observed as the shaded material near the external surface of these images.
  • TABLE 2
    Particle Apparent
    Size Temp SSA SPV APD β dpnanoparticle
    Product (um) Condition pH (° C.) (m2/g) (cm3/g) (Å) (m2/cm3) SSAf/SSAi APDf/APDi (nm)
    2a 1.6 0.2M 4.0 100 103 0.30 110 128 0.79 1.00 12
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2b 2.7 0.2M 4.0 100 115 0.34 106 133 0.84 1.02 11
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2c 1.6 0.2M 5.5 100 100 0.32 115 119 0.60 1.33 12
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2d 1.6 0.2M 5.3 100 103 0.32 112 123 0.64 1.28 12
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2e 2.7 0.2M 5.8 100 96 0.33 127 113 0.58 1.44 13
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2f 2.7 0.2M 8.0 100 85 0.32 141 102 0.50 1.63 14
    TRIS
    2g 2.7 0.2M 6.0 100 91 0.33 134 108 0.59 1.60 13
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2h 2.7 0.2M 6.5 100 85 0.32 144 101 0.55 1.72 14
    Ammon.
    Acetate
    2i 2.7 0.2M 8.0 127 57 0.31 215 69 0.37 2.57 21
    TRIS
    2j 1.6 0.3M 9.8 100 70 0.2 108 110 0.83 1.16 17
    TRIS
    2k 2.7 0.3M 9.8 125 58 0.32 206 69 0.49 1.93 21
    TRIS
    2l 2.7 0.3M 9.8 140 43 0.31 278 52 0.36 2.60 28
    TRIS
    2m 2.7 0.3M 9.8 155 34 0.29 334 43 0.29 3.12 36
    TRIS
    2n 3.4 0.2M 8.0 160 15 0.12 346 30 0.25 3.81 35
    TRIS
    2o 2.3 0.2M 8.0 160 13 0.11 351 27 0.24 3.70 40
    TRIS
    2p 1.7 0.2M 8.0 160 7 0.04 232 19 0.25 2.39 31
    TRIS
    2q 1.8 0.2M 8.0 100 63 0.30 186 78 0.69 1.14 19
    TRIS
    2r 1.8 0.2M 8.0 160 43 0.27 277 57 0.47 1.70 28
    TRIS
  • Example 3
  • The process of Example 1 was modified to use more than one type of silica nanoparticle in the formation of the porous layer (Scheme 3, FIG. 28). In this process different sizes of nanoparticles were used for different steps in the layer-by-layer process of alternating additions of polyelectrolyte and nanoparticles. Table 3 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data. The median mesopore diameter (MPD) and mesopore pore volume (MPV) were measured by mercury porosimetry. Silica core diameters were determined by Coulter Counter, number mode. The nominal silica nanoparticle size was determined by Zetasizer, SEM was used to estimate nanoparticle size for ≥20 nm silica nanoparticles. Rho was determined from SEM data, except for Product 5d, which was estimated using Coulter Counter data.
  • An average nanoparticle size was determined for these reactions by averaging the nanoparticle size used across the multilayer process. For final products an apparent silica nanoparticle size was determined using Equations 2-4. Similar to Example 1, there is good agreement between the apparent and average nanoparticle size. However, this does not indicate that nanoparticles are distributed homogeneously in the porous layer.
  • Comparing the experiments 3a-3c one can see the geometric impact of layering nanoparticles of different sizes, showing the impact of increasing pore diameter from core surface to the surface of the material. Product 3a had four layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by two layers of 20 nm nanoparticles—resulting in a final product with a SSA of 76 m2/g and an APD of 131 Å. Product 3b differs in a third layer that was a single addition of 99 nm nanoparticles. The final resulting product with this additional layer of 99 nm nanoparticles had a SSA of 69 m2/g and an APD of 150 Å. While this amounts to less than a 10 m2/g difference in SSA, the pore diameter has increased by 29 Å—due the presence of the larger nanoparticles on the outside layer.
  • Product 3c is similar to products 3a in the first six layers, but has one additional external layer of 46 nm silica nanoparticles. The final resulting product with this additional layer of 46 nm nanoparticles had a SSA of 77 m2/g and an APD of 144 Å. While this amounts to no measurable change in SSA with product 5a, the pore diameter has increased by 13 Å—due the presence of the larger nanoparticles on the outside layer.
  • Furthermore one can compare products 3b and 3c that have the same layering process for the first six layers, and differ in silica nanoparticle size for the final external layer. Product 3b, having larger, 99 nm nanoparticles on the outer surface has lower SSA and higher APD, when compared to Product 3c, which has smaller 46 nm nanoparticles on the outer surface. One skilled in the art will conclude from this experiment that the outer surface of these materials has a larger pore diameter and reduced surface area.
  • Product 3f has larger nanoparticles on the first four layers, and a smaller nanoparticles on the outer layers. It is expected that such materials would have decreasing pore diameter from the core to the surface layer.
  • The differences in pore diameter can be further understood by looking at the nitrogen sorption pore diameter profiles (desorption, dV/dLog(D)) for Product 3a (FIG. 10), Product 3c (FIG. 11). Product 3e (FIG. 12). Product 3f (FIG. 14).
  • The pore diameter distribution of Product 3a, which comprised of 4 layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, has a shoulder towards the larger pore diameters which are situated on the outside of the porous shell. In contrast Product 3f, which was comprised of 4 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of smaller 11 nm nanoparticles, has a shoulder in the pore diameter distribution toward smaller pores—which are situated on the outer side of the porous layer. When compared to the pore diameter distribution of Product 1j (FIG. 14), which was comprised of six layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, a more uniform pore diameter distribution is observed—without any significant shouldering.
  • The pore diameter distribution of Product 3c and 3a also show geometric differences in porosity. As detailed above, the pore diameter distribution of Product 3a has a shoulder to the larger pore diameters. Product 3c was also formed with 4 layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by 2 layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, but followed this with a layer of 46 nm nanoparticles. The pore diameter distribution of Product 3c is significantly split with a mode pore diameter mode that is similar to product 3a, and a lesser mode at higher pore diameter. This is understood that pore diameters are increasing from the surface of the core material to the external surface as the layers progress from 11 nm, 20 nm and 46 nm nanoparticles.
  • The changes in porosity can also be observed in the FIB/SEM of Product 3e (FIG. 13) and 3f (FIG. 15). Produce 3e shows evidence of smaller nanoparticles close to the surface of the core material, and Product 3f shows evidence of smaller nanoparticles close to the external surface of the particle.
  • TABLE 3
    Silica Layer Layer Layer
    Core Process Process Process
    num, #1 #2 #3
    mode dpnanoparticle dpnanoparticle dpnanoparticle Average Apparent
    dpcore (nm)/ (nm)/ (nm)/ dpnanoparticle SSA SPV APD MPV MPD β dpnanoparticle
    Product (μm) layers layers layers (nm) Rho (m2/g) (cm3/g) (Å) (cm3/g) (Å) (m2/cm3) (nm)
    3a 1.22 11/4 20/2 na 14 0.74 76 0.25 131 0.23 106 106 14
    3b 1.22 11/4 20/2 99/1 26 0.63 69 0.26 150 0.24 123 94 22
    3c 1.22 11/4 20/2 46/1 19 0.64 77 0.28 144 0.25 127 100 19
    3d 1.22 11/2 46/4 na 34 0.67 46 0.22 217 0.20 208 69 30
    3e 1.22 11/2 20/4 na 17 0.71 73 0.28 150 0.24 127 95 16
    3f 1.22 20/4 11/2 na 17 0.67 80 0.27 132 0.25 113 106 17
    3g 1.50 22/1 69/3 na 57 0.90 9 0.07 343 0.12 822 21 39
  • Example 4
  • We can apply the physical property distribution approach to estimate pore properties for selected products from Example 1 and 3. This model includes the impacts of each layering step, and is based on Equations 2-4. Using particle size data from SEM, the growth at each layer can be estimated. Using an assumption of constant porosity within the porous layer, difference in surface area and pore diameter distributions can be plotted from the surface of the core (normalized distance 0) to the external surface of the material (normalized distance 1). FIG. 16 shows the model for Product 3a. FIG. 17 shows the model for Product 3e. For simplicity we removed the distance from center (c) to the core surface (0) and we did not include deviations in surface area or pore diameter in the region near the core surface. By considering the profile from 0→1 we are better able to later adopt this model to nonspherical cores. For nonspherical cores, the core surface (0) and material surface (1) are defined the same, a selected physical property distribution along the radius of the particle is orthogonal (90°) to the core surface.
  • In this model, the averaged apparent nanoparticle size from Example 1 and 3 were used.
  • For example, non-hydrothermally treated products prepared using 11 nm and 20 nm silica nanoparticles had average apparent nanoparticle size of 11.4 nm and 17.7 nm, respectively.
  • Example 5
  • Additional materials are prepared using the process detailed in Example 3. Product 5a is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 μm nonporous silica core that uses one layer each of 11 nm, 20 nm, 35 nm and 75 nm silica nanoparticles, in that specific order. Product 5b is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 μm nonporous silica core that uses one layer each of 75 nm, 35 nm, 20 nm and 11 nm silica nanoparticles, in that specific order. Product 5c is a superficially porous particle based on a 2 μm nonporous silica core that uses three layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles, followed by three layers of 20 nm silica nanoparticles, followed by three layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles, in that order. The Rho for Products 5a-5c is 0.73. Results are modeled using the process detailed in Example 4, and are shown in FIGS. 18 and 19. For simplicity we removed the distance from center (c) to the core surface (0) from the x-axis, and we did not include deviations in surface area or pore diameter in the region near the core surface
  • Example 6
  • The approach detailed in Example 3-5 is used to create new porous materials having geometrically defined surface area and pore diameter, through judicious selection of silica nanoparticles. In the instance where no nonporous core is used, a fully porous (e.g., Rho=0) materials can be achieved. Using this approach a variety of materials having a Rho between 0.0 and 0.95 can be prepared. Selected estimated pore diameters are illustrated in FIG. 20.
  • Such materials have uses in chromatographic separations (e.g., biomolecule separation, SEC, GPC) as well as uses in catalytic support, polymer additives, fuel cells, luminescence, selective membranes, optics, optoelectronics, electronics, energy storage, sensors, and drug delivery.
  • Example 7
  • Selected processes from Example 3 were modified to include a hydrothermal treatment (0.2 M TRIS, pH 8, 20 h) before the higher temperature thermal treatment using the general hydrothermal treatment process detailed in Example 2. Table 4 contains relevant synthetic parameters and characterization data. Column Phase Ratio (3) was calculated using Equation 1. The ratio of final to initial surface area (SSAf/SSAi) and pore diameter (APDf/APDi) was calculated for final products as compared to the corresponding products from Example 3 that did not have this additional hydrothermal treatment step.
  • While not limited by theory, it was expected that the nanoparticles comprising the differing layers would all be modified by hydrothermal treatment in a similar manner as the products containing just a single nanoparticle size did when treated under similar conditions in Example 2. The model detailed in Examples 3-4 could then be modified with these expected changes upon hydrothermal treatment to better predict the expected pore properties of these hydrothermally treated multilayered products. For example, Product 2f was prepared using 11 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 100° C. The resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.50 and a APDf/APDi of 1.63. The apparent nanoparticle size was 14 nm. Product 2q was prepared using 20 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 100° C. The resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.69 and a APDf/APDi of 1.14. The apparent nanoparticle size was 19 nm. The increase in apparent nanoparticle size from 11.4 to 14 nm and 17 nm to 19 nm fits within expectations for hydrothermal treatments performed under these conditions. The model detailed in Examples 3-4 was modified with these pore property changes to better estimate the surface properties of products of Product 7a, 7c, 7e and 7f. Products 7a, 7c, 7e, and 7g were all hydrothermally treated under similar conditions (100° C.), and all resulted in similar ranges of SSA (60-65 m2/g). APD (167-185 Å), β (76-84 m2/cm3), SSAf/SSAi (0.78-0.82), and APDf/APDi (1.21-1.37). However, the apparent silica nanoparticle sizes for these products varied between 17-31.
  • In a similar manner it was expected that the model detailed in Examples 3-4 could be modified for materials hydrothermally treated at 160° C., based on results from Example 2. Products 2n-p were prepared using 11 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 160° C. The resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.24-0.225 and a APDf/APDi of 3.70-3.80. The apparent nanoparticle size was 35-40 nm. Product 2r was prepared using 20 nm silica nanoparticles, and was hydrothermally processed at 160° C. The resulting product had a SSAf/SSAi of 0.47 and a APDf/APDi of 1.70. The apparent nanoparticle size was 28 nm. While the larger increase in apparent nanoparticle size from 11.4 to 37 nm and 17.7 nm to 28 nm is expected for a higher temperature hydrothermal treatment, the larger increase for the smaller initial apparent nanoparticle size was not expected under these conditions. The model detailed in Examples 3-4 was modified with these pore property changes to better predict the surface properties of products of Product 7b, 7d, 7f. Products 7b, 7d, 7f, and 7h were all hydrothermally treated under similar conditions (160° C.), and all resulted in similar ranges of SSA (34-38 m2/g). APD (259-315 Å), f (47-54 m2/cm3), SSAf/SSAi (0.44-0.52), and APDf/APDi (1.92-2.40). However, the apparent silica nanoparticle sizes for these products varied between 21-43.
  • The modified model detailed in Example 3-4 for estimating APD provides good agreement (5-11% error) with the actual data for non-hydrothermally treated Products 1g, 1j, 3a (FIG. 16), 3f and 3e (FIG. 17). This model also provides good agreement (5-10% error) with hydrothermally treated Products 2q, 2r, 7a, 7e (FIG. 21) and 7f (FIG. 22). However, it did not provide acceptable agreement with hydrothermally treated Products 7b, 7g, 7b (15-18% error). Interestingly, further modification of the model to consider one less external porous layer resulted in improved agreement for Products 3f (2% error), Products 7g-h (8% error) and Product 7b (11% error). The calculated error in this model for Product 7b (4% error) and Product 7f (FIG. 23, 5% error) was further reduced with the consideration that upon hydrothermal treatment the resulting products from the 11 nm nanoparticles did not contribute to APD. This assessment for Product 7f (FIG. 22) is in better agreement with the FIB/SEM data described below than the original model (Figure (22).
  • The similarities in pore properties for materials hydrothermally treated under similar conditions does not indicate that these materials have a uniform porosity from the surface of the core material to the external surface of the particle. Since these materials were layered under similar conditions as materials from Example 3 (as indicated in Table 4), we expect that these product have variation in pore diameter and surface area profiles from the surface of the core material (normalized distance 0) to the external surface of the particle (normalized distance 1).
  • A better understanding of the differences in pore properties can be achieved by examining nitrogen sorption pore diameter profiles (desorption, dV/dLog(D)) for Products 7a and 7b (FIG. 10); Products 7c and 7d (FIG. 11); and Products 7e and 7f (FIG. 12).
  • The pore diameter distributions of Products 7a and 7b can be directly compared with Product 3a (no hydrothermal treatment), as these materials had the same layering profiles. As noted above, Product 3a displays a primary mode pore diameter greater than 100 Å, and a shoulder towards larger pore diameters (<200 Å) on the outer porous layer. Hydrothermal treatment at 100° C. resulted in a more uniform pore diameter distribution with a mode pore diameter around 200 Å, however hydrothermal treatment at 160° C. gave rise to a shoulder distribution greater than 200 Å and a primary mode pore diameter between 400-500 Å.
  • In a similar manner the pore diameter distributions of Products 7c and 7d can be directly compared with Product 3c (no hydrothermal treatment), as these materials had the same layering profiles. As noted above, Product 3c displays a primary mode at lower pore diameters (greater than 100 Å), and secondary mode at higher pore diameter (around 200 Å). Upon Hydrothermal treatment at 100° C. the resulting pore diameter distribution is more uniform, having a single mode pore diameter around 200 Å. However, hydrothermal treatment at 160° C. gave rise to a secondary mode (greater than 200 Å) and a primary mode between 400-500 Å.
  • In a similar manner the pore diameter distributions of Products 7e and 7f can be directly compared with Product 3e (no hydrothermal treatment), as these materials had the same layering profiles. Product 3e, which was prepared with two layers of 11 nm nanoparticles followed by four layers of 20 nm nanoparticles, displays a single mode pore diameter below 200 Å. Upon Hydrothermal treatment at 100° C. the resulting pore diameter distribution is still single modal but now around 200 Å. However, hydrothermal treatment at 160° C. gave rise to a bimodal pore diameter distribution with a secondary mode around 200 Å and a primary mode greater than 300 Å.
  • In a similar manner the pore diameter distributions of Products 7g and 7h can be directly compared with Product 3f (no hydrothermal treatment), as these materials had the same layering profiles. Product 3f, which was prepared with four layers of 20 nm nanoparticles followed by two layers of 11 nm nanoparticles, displays a shoulder pore diameter distribution greater than 100 Å and a mode pore diameter below 200 Å. Upon Hydrothermal treatment at 100° C. the resulting pore diameter distribution is still single modal but now around less than 200 Å. Hydrothermal treatment at 160° C. gave rise to a single-modal pore diameter distribution with a pore diameter mode less than or equal to 300 Å.
  • To better understand the geometric impact of hydrothermal processing, FIB/SEM were performed on Products 7f (FIG. 13), Product 7g and 7h (FIG. 15), with relevant FIB/SEM comparison to similar layering products formed without hydrothermal treatment (Products 3e and Product 3f).
  • As noted above the pore diameter distributions of a non-hydrothermally treated product formed by two layers of smaller nanoparticles followed by four layers of larger nanoparticles (Product 3e), has a FIB/SEM showing evidence of smaller nanoparticles close to the surface of the core material. A similarly layered product with a 160° C. hydrothermal treatment has a very different FIB/SEM. The FIB/SEM of product 7f displays an eroded gap between the surface of the core particle and the porous layer. This observed vacancy comprises the space formally filled with the two layers of 11 nm silica nanoparticles. While not limited by theory, it is apparent that the 11 nm silica nanoparticles dissolved preferentially over the larger silica nanoparticles—resulting in the formation of this vacancy section. This vacancy can be observed in the pore diameter distributions with the primary mode distribution of Product 7f greater than 300 Å. The observed secondary mode of Product 7f that is lower than 300 Å is similar in to the primary mode observed for other products that were hydrothermally treated at 160° C. and were formed using 20 nm silica nanoparticles as the predominant layering material (e.g., Product 7h). This complete erosion of 11 nm silica nanoparticle was not observed in other Products that were formed using only this type of material (e.g., Products 2n-2p)
  • In a similar manner the pore diameter distributions of a non-hydrothermally treated product formed by four layers of larger nanoparticles followed by two layers of smaller nanoparticles (Product 3f), has a FIB/SEM showing evidence of smaller nanoparticles close to the external surface. A similarly layered product with a 100° C., and 160° C. hydrothermal treatments have different FIB/SEM. After 100° C. hydrothermal treatments there are observed changes in the outer porous layer near the external surface, having a reduction in the observation of smaller silica nanoparticles. After a 160° C. hydrothermal treatment the changes in the appearance of the porous layer by FIB/SEM between Product 7h and 3f is more transformational. The porous layer of Product 7h is a more open and is similar to the porous layer observed for Product 7f. However unlike product 7f there is excellent attachment of the porous layer with the core particle. This difference in core attachment between Product 7f and 7h is due to having no dissolution of smaller nanoparticles at the interface between the core an porous layer, as well as the fact that the conditions used for the 160° C. hydrothermal treatment allow for excellent attachment between the core and porous layer.
  • The proposed model fitting pore properties provides good agreement with non-hydrothermally treated and some 100° C. hydrothermally treatment materials comprised of different layered materials. However, several hydrothermally treated materials at 160° C. did not follow the traditional model as well. Closer examination of pore diameter distributions and FIB/SEM allowed for a better understanding that smaller nanoparticles (e.g., 11 nm silica) may be preferentially react over the larger nanoparticles under these conditions resulting in overly erode and open sections from the surface of the core particle to the external surface of the particle. This is especially true for products that were prepared by layering 11 nm and larger nanoparticles, wherein the smaller nanoparticle are used in less than about 33% of the layers. While unexpected, we can use this preferential reaction to create new pore geometries that have chromatographic advantages for specific applications.
  • TABLE 4
    Layering
    Process Apparent
    Same as Temp SSA SPV APD MPV MPD β dpnanoparticle
    Product Example (° C.) (m2/g) (cm3/g) (Å) (cm3/g) (Å) (m2/cm3) SSAf/SSAi APDf/APDi (nm)
    7a 3a 100 60 0.27 180 0.25 137 80 0.79 1.37 17
    7b 3a 160 34 0.25 315 0.26 278 47 0.45 2.40 25
    7c 3c 100 60 0.29 185 76 0.78 1.28 20
    7d 3c 160 34 0.25 313 47 0.44 2.17 21
    7e 3e 100 60 0.28 181 78 0.82 1.21 31
    7f 3e 160 38 0.26 288 0.27 248 52 0.52 1.92 43
    7g 3f 100 65 0.28 167 0.27 135 84 0.81 1.27 31
    7h 3f 160 36 0.22 259 0.23 213 54 0.45 1.96 37
  • Example 8
  • The process of Examples 1-7 is modified to introduce a mixture of nanoparticles within a given layer, based upon a 1.22 μm silica nonporous silica core particle. For example a mixture of 11 and 20 nm silica nanoparticles (denoted 11-20 followed by the weight percentage of 11 nm nanoparticles). For selected materials a hydrothermal treatment (0.2 M TRIS, pH 8, 20 h) is used to modify pore structure. Table 4 contains relevant synthetic parameters.
  • TABLE 5
    Layer Process Layer Process
    #1 #2 Hydrothermal
    dpnanoparticle dpnanoparticle Treatment Temp
    Product (nm)/layers (nm)/layers (Y/N) (° C.)
    8a 20/4 11-20 (20%)/2 N na
    8b 20/4 11-20 (20%)/2 Y 100
    8c 20/4 11-20 (20%)/2 Y 160
    8d 20/4 11-20 (50%)/2 N na
    8e 20/4 11-20 (50%)/2 Y 100
    8f 20/4 11-20 (50%)/2 Y 160
    8g 20/4 11-20 (70%)/2 N na
    8h 20/4 11-20 (70%)/2 Y 100
    8i 20/4 11-20 (70%)/2 Y 160
    8j 11-20 (20%)/2 na N na
    8k 11-20 (20%)/2 na Y 100
    8l 11-20 (20%)/2 na Y 160
    8m 11-20 (50%)/2 na N na
    8n 11-20 (50%)/2 na Y 100
    8o 11-20 (50%)/2 na Y 160
    8p 11-20 (70%)/2 na N na
    8q 11-20 (70%)/2 na Y 100
    8r 11-20 (70%)/2 na Y 160
    8s 11-20 (20%)/2 20/4 N na
    8t 11-20 (20%)/2 20/4 Y 100
    8u 11-20 (20%)/2 20/4 Y 160
    8v 11-20 (50%)/2 20/4 N na
    8w 11-20 (50%)/2 20/4 Y 100
    8x 11-20 (50%)/2 20/4 Y 160
    8y 11-20 (70%)/2 20/4 N na
    8z 11-20 (70%)/2 20/4 Y 100
    8aa 11-20 (70%)/2 20/4 Y 160
    8ab 11-20 (20%)/4 20/2 N na
    8ac 11-20 (20%)/4 20/2 Y 100
    8ad 11-20 (20%)/4 20/2 Y 160
    8ae 11-20 (50%)/4 20/2 N na
    8af 11-20 (50%)/4 20/2 Y 100
    8ag 11-20 (50%)/4 20/2 Y 160
    8ah 11-20 (70%)/4 20/2 N na
    8ai 11-20 (70%)/4 20/2 Y 100
    8aj 11-20 (70%)/4 20/2 Y 160
  • Example 9
  • A series of proteins with approximate size and molecular weight are shown in Table 6, from references a (J. Tencer, Kidney International. 1998, 53, 709), reference b (U. Lund. Am. J. Physiol. Renal Physiol., 2003, 284, F1226), and reference q (E. M. Renkin, J. Gen. Physio., 1954, 38, 225), along with ranges of Pore Diameters of a porous material used in a separation device for these analytes. The recommended pore diameter for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of molecules that are less than about 5 KDa has been reported to be 60-120 Å, 5-50 KDa has been reported to be 200-300 Å, and much larger pore diameters (1,000-4,000 Å) are required for larger vaccines or proteins (www.chem.agilent.com, Agilent Document 5990-9028EN). It is not clear how these recommended pore diameters were determined; as such there could be error in these recommendations. However there is a general understanding that while chromatographic analysis of a 5 KDa biomolecule on a 1.000-4.000 Å pore diameter material is possible, it will be greatly limited in phase ratio, retention, and capacity. In contrast, a chromatographic analysis of a large protein (e.g., 970 KDa) on a 60 Å pore diameter material will not be successful, as the protein will be excluded from the pore structure of the separation material. Therefore there is an optimal range of pore structures for each biomolecule.
  • Another approach to determine optimal material pore diameter for a given molecule is to determine the exclusion limit. For example the exclusion limit in aqueous SEC for a 125 Å pore diameter material was 80 KDa, a 200 Å pore diameter material was 450 KDa, and a 200 Å pore diameter material was 1,500 KDa material (www.waters.com, Waters document 72000338EN, Rev. E, 2015)
  • TABLE 6
    Molecular Approximate
    Weight Size DMPD
    Analyte (KDa) (Å) (Å)
    β2-microglobulin 14 15a  60-140
    orosomucoid 42 28a 120-260
    albumin 66.4 36a 150-330
    igG2a 146 55a 220-500
    α2-macroglobulin 725 90a 360-810
    Myoglobin 19.6 19b 80-180
    k-Dimer 44 28b 120-260
    Horseradish 49.9 31b 130-280
    peroxidase
    Neutral human serum 70 35b 140-320
    albumin
    Native human serum 69 36b 150-330
    albumin
    Urea 0.06   2.7c 20-30
    Glucose 0.18   3.6c 20-40
    Antipyrine 0.19   4.0c 20-40
    Sucrose 0.34 44c 20-40
    Maltose 0.34   4.4c 20-40
    Raffinose 0.59   5.6c 30-50
    Hemoglobin 67 30c 120-270
  • In order to obtain a better understanding of pore diameter requirements for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of biomolecules of different molecular weights and sizes, various models can be used. Reported models of protein sizes (D. Venturoli, Am. J. Physiol. Renal Physiol., 2005.288, F605) were used to fit the data in Table 6, as shown in FIG. 24. Protein Size Model 2, which is based on based on globular protein model proposed by Rippe (Kidney Int. 1989, 35, 1234), has the best agreement with these results. The hard sphere Model 1, an alternative of the globular Model 3, and an equivalent sized polydisperse-dextran Model 4 do not provide adequate agreement with the reported biomolecule values. However, Model 4 is a good model to approximate the size of other polymers.
  • Using Model 2 in FIG. 24, one can estimate sizes for different molecular weight proteins. For example, a 5 KDa protein is estimated to be 13 Å and a 6-50 KDa protein is estimated to be between 14-32 Å. Comparing the pore size for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of 5 KDa molecules (6-120 Å) to the estimated molecular size using Model 2, there is a 5-9 fold increase in recommended material pore size over the analyte size. Comparing the desirable pore size for a porous material used in the chromatographic analysis of 50 KDa molecules (200-300 Å) to the estimated molecular size using Model 2, there is a 6-10 fold increase in the recommended material pore size. The exclusion limit approach, noted above, there is a 3-4 fold increase in material pore size over the estimated analyte size, using Model 2. Another reference advises a 7-20 fold increase in material pore size over the analyte size (www.sge.com, SGE document TA-0136-H), based on an ultrafiltration sieving report (E. M. Renkin, J. Gen. Physio., 1954, 38, 225). Going forward we define Desirable Material Pore Diameter (DMPD) as a range in pore diameters that is 4-9 fold greater than the analyte size, having the lower level of this range estimating a potential exclusion limit for a given biomolecule (>10 KDa). DMPD for a given analyte is calculated as a 4-9 fold increase over the estimated analyte size, rounded to the nearest ten Angstroms, as tabulated in Table 6.
  • In a similar manner one can estimate sizes for other biomolecules, such as a Fab (55 KDa, 33 Å, 130-300 Å), Fab2 (bispecific, 110 KDa, 43 Å, 170-390 Å), Fab3 (trispecific, 165 KDa, 50 Å, 200-450 Å), Minibody (bivalent, 75 kDa, 37 Å, 150-340 Å). Tetrabody (tetravalent, 100 kDa, 41 Å, 170-370 Å), Triabody (trivalent, 75 kDa, 37 Å, 150-340 Å), Diabody (bispecific, 50 kDa, 31 Å, 130-290 Å), IgG1 (146 KDa, 48 Å, 170-440 Å), IgG2 (146 KDa, 48 Å, 200-440 Å), IgG3 (170 KDa, 50 Å, 200-460 Å), IgG4 (146 KDa, 48 Å, 200-440 Å), IgM (970 KDa, 99 Å, 400-900 Å), IgA (160 KDa, 49 Å, 200-450 Å), IgA2 (160 KDa, 49 Å, 200-450 Å), sIgA (385 KDa, 69 Å, 280-621 Å). IgD (184 KDa, 52 Å, 210-470 Å), and IgE (188 KDa, 52 Å, 210-470 Å), having different approximate molecular weights are estimated to have different approximate sizes, and DMPD, as indicated in parenthesis (approximate molecular weight, estimated molecular size, desirable material pore diameter range).
  • The approach of selecting the DMPD is used to modify Examples 1-7 by selected appropriate nanoparticle size(s) for chromatographic separations of specific biomolecule(s).
  • Example 10
  • The approach of Example 3-9 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 5. FIG. 28.
  • Example 11
  • The approach of Examples 3, 7-10 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer, as shown in Scheme 6, FIG. 28. This process utilizes a hydrothermal processing step to modify the pore properties.
  • Example 12
  • The approach of Example 3-11 is modified to DMPD for use in more than one molecule or biomolecule by using more than one type of silica nanoparticles in the formation of the porous layer. In this approach a dual-porosity zone material (superficially porous or fully porous) is prepared, as shown in FIG. 25, with or without the use of a hydrothermal processing step. The inner porosity zone is prepared to have a thicker porous layer of a smaller pore diameter, and higher surface area. The outer porosity zone is prepared to have a thinner porous layer of higher pore diameter. The pore diameters are chosen by the approach detailed in Example 8 to greatly exclude larger analytes from the inner porosity zone. This has a thin, high pore diameter porous layer—which is similar to high Rho materials for larger proteins. The inner porosity zone is designed to have a thicker layer, allowing for higher retentivity and capacity for smaller molecules. As such this dual porosity material can be considered to have dual column phase ratio. The column phase ratio for smaller molecules, which can diffuse through both porosities zones, is based on the produce SSA and SPV. The column phase ratio for larger molecules that are excluded from the inner porosity zone needs to be estimated for the SSA and SPV of the outer porosity zone. Such estimations can be made using the approach detailed in Examples 1-7.
  • Example 13
  • The approach of Example 12 is modified to produce a dual-porosity zone material, as detailed in Table 7, each approach applicable to fully porous (e.g., Rho=0) and superficially porous material (e.g., Rho between 0.1-0.99), with or without the use of a hydrothermal processing step. Differentiation is shown along the porous layer distance (0→1) shown in FIG. 22. In this table I=inner zone; O=outer zone.
  • TABLE 7
    Pore Diameter
    (PD) Zone Thickness Zone
    Differentiation Differentiation
    Product (0→1) (0→1)
     10 I < O I ≥ O
     13a I < O I < O
     13b I > O I ≥ O
    103 I > O I < O
  • Example 14
  • The approach of Example 11-13 is modified to produce a tri-porosity zone material, each approach applicable to fully porous (e.g., Rho=0) and superficially porous material (e.g., Rho between 0.1-0.99). Differentiation is shown along the porous layer distance (0-1) in pore diameters and zone thickness are possible. Material prepared by this approach have improved range of included analytes, and reduce sharp changes in chromatographic separation of complex mixtures (e.g., peptides, proteins, RNA's. DNA's) for analytes that are partially or fully excluded from a specific pore diameter zone.
  • Example 15
  • The approach in Example 1-14 is modified to include a hydrothermal treatment using the method of Wyndham (WO 2010/141426). Example 44-45 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665), or alternative modifications such as pore restructuring and pseudomorphic transformation can be performed (Wyndham, U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,277).
  • Example 16
  • The process of Example 1-15 is modified to replace the nonporous silica core material with an alternative core material composition. The alternative core material can be a monolith or particulate.
  • When the alternative core is a monolith it can be prepared by modification of processes detailed by Walter (U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,250,214; 8,404,346). Wyndham (US 2012055860), Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 8,791,220), Wyndham (U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,765), Wyndham (U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,277), Jung (U.S. Pat. No. 8,680,311), Nakanishi (U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,875). Nakanishi (U.S. Pat. No. 6,207,098) or Guiochon (J. Chromatogr. A, 2007, 1168, 101). Hybrid monoliths can have a chromatographically-enhancing or non-chromatographically-enhancing pore geometry, can have ordered or disordered pore structure, can have ordered or disordered macropores, can have crystalline or amorphous molecular ordering, can have variety of nonporous, microporous, mesoporous or macroporous pores, and can have different aspect ratios. Monoliths can be prepared outside of a chromatographic device, or can be synthesized within a chromatographic device (e.g., capillary tubing)
  • When the alternative core material is particulate, it can be spherical or non-spherical. Spherical core materials are formed following a modification of a reported process in Example 1 or by Barder (U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,369), Unger (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,903, 4,775,520), Anderson (U.S. Pat. No. 5,425,930), core materials described in Examples 1-20 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665) and core materials described in Example 18 of Lauber (DE 102014019372). These core materials include, but are not limited to hybrid and inorganic compositions of nonporous particles (e.g., Choi, J. Y.; Kim, C. H.; Kim, D. K. J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 1998, 81, 1184-1188. Seog, I. S; Kim. C. H. J. Mat. Sci., 1993, 28, 3277-3282), pore filled porous materials, thermally treated porous materials, rod shaped materials (e.g., Kievsky IEEE Transactions on Nanotechnology, 2005, 4, 5, 490), and magnetic materials (e.g., Zhang, Functional Materials Letters, 2010, 3, 2, 125).
  • Non-spherical particulates, include (but are not limited to) rod-shaped, torroid, granular, spirals, capsules, rings, discoidal, concave disks, spools, rings, helix, saddles, cross, cube, derby, helix, cylinders, and tubes. Examples of dumbbell, doughnut, rod, spiral, and gyroid shaped materials have been reported {Doshi. N. PNAS, 2009, 106, 51, 21495; Alexander, L. Chem. Commun., 2008, 3507; Naik. S. J. Phys. Chem. C 2007, 111, 11168; Pang, X. Microporous and Mesoporous Materials 2005, 85, 1; Kievsky, Y. IEEE Transactions on Nanotechnology, 2005, 4, 5, 490; Sugimoto. T, in Monodispersed Particles, (Elsevier Science BV, Amsterdam) 2001; Ozin, G. Adv. Mater., 1997, 9, 662}.
  • The particle size of the core material is between 0.1-10 μm, alternatively between 0.5-4 μm, and alternatively between 1-3.5 μm.
  • The composition of these alternative core materials is comprised of one or more of the following: silica (0-100%), hybrid material (0-100%), polymer, polymerizable monomer, polyorganosiloxanes, nanoparticles (5-200 nm), ferromagnetic material, ferromagnetic material, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphene, graphite, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof. The use of diamonds and gold allows for improved thermal conductivity of these materials. The use of ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic material, includes (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt. CrO2; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). These magnetic materials allow for magnetic capture and processing of these materials. Examples of polyorganosilanes include (but are not limited to) those included in Example 4 and Jiang (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177) and Wyndham (US 20120141789). Examples of polymers include latexes, epoxides, methacrylates, styrene, divinyl benzene, polysaccharides, dendrigrafts, hyperbranched polymers, and others included in Polymer Handbook (4th edition. J. Brandrup; E. H. Immergut; E. A. Grulke; editors: Wiley: Hoboken, N.J., 1999). Examples of ferrimagnetic and ferromagnetic iron oxide rings and capsules have been reported (Wu. W. J. Phys. Chem. C 2010, 114, 16092; Jia, C.-J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130, 16968).
  • Alternative core materials can be further modified before use by one or more of the following: thermally treatment at 400-1.200° C. for 10-40 hours to further reduce SPV in air, thermal treatment at 400-1,200° C. for 10-40 under an inert or reducing atmosphere,
  • Alternatively core materials can be further modified by silica modification following the general process described by in U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,369. U.S. Pat. No. 4,911,903, Giesche (J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 189; J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 205) or Nozawa (Phys. Rev. E: Stat., Nonlinear, Soft Matter Phys., 2005, 72 (1), 011404). Alternatively the core materials can be modified by following a general process described in Example 13-15 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Any agglomerated materials can be removed through grinding or classification. Products prepared by this approach have little to no porosity. Products prepared by this approach are free flowing and have little to no porosity.
  • Example 17
  • The nanoparticles used in Examples 1-16 is modified to replace part or all of the nanoparticles (5-200 nm) used with nanoparticles, sols, or nanotubes (5-200 nm), including (but not limited to) hybrid, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphite, graphene, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof, as detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). The use of nanoparticles of diamonds allows for improved thermal conductivity of these materials. The use of ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic nanoparticles, includes (but is not limited to): magnetite (ferrous ferric oxide); maghemite; yttrium iron garnet, cobalt, CrO2; and ferrites containing iron and Al, Mg, Ni, Zn, Mn or Co). These magnetic materials allow for magnetic capture and processing of these materials. Hybrid nanoparticles are prepared by the condensation of hybrid inorganic/organic alkoxysilanes in the presence or absence of a tetraethoxysilane or tetramethoxysilane. Similar nanoparticle sizes can be achieved in this approach (e.g., between 5 and 100 nm). Alternatively a hybrid nanoparticle can be formed by surface modifying preformed silica nanoparticles.
  • Example 18
  • The nanoparticles used in Examples 1-17 is modified to replace part or all of the nanoparticles used with smaller size nanoparticles, nanotubes or molecular precursors (<5 nm), including (but not limited to) single wall, double wall or multiwall carbon nanotubes of carbon, silicon, diamonds, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, titanium, niobium, zirconium, cobalt, carbon, graphite, graphene, silicon, silica carbide, cerium or any oxides thereof; fullerenes, buckminsterfullerenes (e.g., buckeyballs); quantum dots; or polyhedral oligomeric silasesquioxanes (POSS), organically modified spherosilicates and spherosilicates. POSS are a unique class of multifunctional hybrids organic/inorganic cluster molecules, having a functional repeat unit of RSiO1.5, which have been utilized in composites, plastic additives, and coatings. Organically modified spherosilicates and spherosilicates are silica-based cluster molecules that been modified by reaction with organosilanes, or are stabilized with peripheral alkylamine or tetra-alkylammonium groups. POSS, organically modified spherosilicates, and spherosilicates are well known in the art, are commercially available (e.g., Hybrid Plastics, Hattlesburg, Miss.), and come with a variety of different chemical and molecular structures, as well as different pendant groups that can be modified for incorporation within a material or modified for display of unique peripheral groups (Wyndham, K. D., Ph.D. Thesis, University of California, Irvine, 2000, pp. 256; www.hybridplastics.com document “POSS User's Guide: A guide to developing new products with POSS”, Ver. 2.06).
  • Interval approaches can be performed as needed to modify porosity and change material properties. For example, a composite or layered material containing both diamonds and magnetite would be beneficial for thermal conductivity improvements and magnetic capture processing. A material that contains alumina or titania is suitable for glycopeptides, phosphopeptide and phospholipids separations. A material that contains ceria may be suitable for phospholipid and phosphatidylcholines separations.
  • Example 19
  • The polyelectrolyte used in Examples 1-19 is modified to include one or more polyelectrolytes including (but not limited to): poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(diallyldimethylammonium chloride), poly(diallyldimethylammonium bromide), poly(diallyldimethylammonium halide), polyethylenimine, poly(allylamine hydrochloride), poly(allylamine hydrobromide), poly(allylamine hydrohalide), or any of the polyectrolytes detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). The molecular weight of these polyelectrolytes vary between 2,000 and 500,000 Da.
  • Example 20
  • The polyelectrolyte used in Examples 1-19 is modified to include the use of chemically degradable polymers, including (but not limited to) polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polymethacrylate, polymethylmethacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), and polylactic acid based polymers containing pendant primary, secondary, or tertiary amino groups as detailed in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665). For example, polyethylene glycol (PEG) based polyether amines are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,101,52, and others are commercially available as Jeffamine polyetheramines (Huntsman Corporation).
  • Different approaches are employed that do not require thermal treatment at or above 500° C. Polymethylmethacrylate networks can be decomposed using β-ray irradiation. Acrylate and methacrylate polymer backbones having thermally cleavable tertiary ester linkages can decompose between 180-200° C. (Ogino, K. Chem. Mater, 1998, 10, 3833). Polyethylene glycol groups can be removed by oxidative degradation {Andreozzi, R. Water Research, 1996, 30, 12, 2955; Suzuki, J. J. Applied Polymer Science, 1976, 20, 1, 93} and microwave assisted template removal using nitric acid and hydrogen peroxide (Tian. B. Chem. Commun., 2002, 1186). A listing of other degradable polymer backbones and degradation mechanism is reported in Degradable Polymers: Principles and Applications {Editors G. Scott and D. Gilead, D., Chapman & Hall (Kluwer) 1995}. Alternatively, surfactants and or polymers are removed by ozonolysis, or thermal treatment by the process of Examples 40-43 in Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • Further processing steps can be performed to further reduce and remove polymer content. Any agglomerated materials or fine materials can be removed through classification.
  • Example 21
  • The process of Example 1-20 is modified to replace the nonporous core material with an alternative core material that is a toroid-shaped or torus-shaped particle. The composition of this alternative core material is that same as those listed in Example 16.
  • FIG. 26 displays the cross-sectional geometry of a superficially porous toroid-shaped or torus-shaped particle. The critical parameters of a superficially porous toroid particle are defined as d1=diameter across the ring of material (2·l1); d2=diameter across the nonporous core ring of material; d3=diameter across the internal vacant ring; d4=cross section particle diameter (d4=d3+2·d1=d3+4·l1); c1=center of material ring (found at ½ d1); l=radius across the center of the material ring (c1) to surface of material ring (1)—also known as the minor toroid radius; 0=origin of porosity along this radius; 1=termination of the porous layer along this radius. The major toroid radius is defined as ½ d3+d1. A toroid aspect ratio is defined as the major toroid radius divided by the minor toroid radius. The aspect ratio for a doughnut-shaped material is 2-3. For toroids, the calculation of Rho is d2/d1. In the case where there is no porous layer the Rho is 1.
  • The particle size of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.1-10 μm, alternatively between 0.5-4 μm, and alternatively between 1-3.5 μm. The aspect ratio of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 2-17, alternatively between 2.5-10, and alternatively between 2.7-5. The diameter across the nonporous core ring of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material (d2) is between 0.1-5 μm, alternatively between 0.5-4 μm, and alternatively between 0.7-2 μm.
  • The resulting particle size of the superficially porous torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.5-44 μm, alternatively between 0.1-10 μm, and alternatively between 1.3-4 μm. The aspect ratio of the alternative core torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 2-13, alternatively between 2.1-10, and alternatively between 2.2-4. The diameter across the ring of this torus-shaped or toroid-shaped superficially porous material (d1) is between 0.1-14 μm, alternatively between 0.5-4 μm, and alternatively between 0.8-2 μm. The diameter across the internal vacant ring (d3) is between 0.1-8.3 μm, alternatively between 0.3-3.5 μm, and alternatively between 0.8-2.5 μm. The resulting Rho of the superficially porous torus-shaped or toroid-shaped material is between 0.05-0.99, alternatively between 0.2-0.95, and alternatively between 0.5-0.9.
  • Superficially porous products having that are toroid-shaped or torus-shaped have advantages in chromatographic separations. While not limited to theory the first advantage of this geometry is increased permeability due to the presence of the internal vacant ring (d3). Another advantage of this particle geometry is chromatographic efficiency should correlate better with the diameter across the ring section (d1) of the superficially porous material (in toroid nomenclature this is the same as the minor diameter, or twice the minor radius) rather than particle diameter (d4).
  • As such, it is possible to create higher efficiency toroid-shaped particles for use on existing UPLC and UHPLC systems, than would be otherwise possible using current, commercially available, spherical packing materials—where increased column pressures limit the particle size to greater than or equal to about 1.3 μm. It is important to note that column pressures with spherical packing materials is inversely proportional to with particle size squared, and is inversely proportional to particle size cubed at the optimal linear velocity. As such the use of smaller spherical particles allows for improved efficiency (linear trend with particle size), and significantly higher column pressures. Using toroid-shaped Superficially porous particles it is possible to have diameters across the ring section (d1) of 0.5-1.0 μm, with much lower column pressures due to the presence of the internal vacant ring (d3).
  • It is also possible to create toroid-shaped superficially porous particles that have similar efficiencies with commercially available, spherical packing materials (e.g., d1 between 1.6-2.6 μm) without the high column pressures associated with spherical packing materials. By controlling the diameter of the internal vacant ring (d3), improved control of column pressure can be achieved. For example, through proper selection of a toroid-shaped core material, the resulting superficially porous columns can be produced with higher permeability than are currently possible with spherical packing materials—resulting in much lower column pressures. As such one can produce a UHPLC/UPLC (≤6000 psi system pressure) performance with column pressures commonly associated with HPLC columns (≤6000 psi system pressure). This allows for direct scaling of methods from low dispersion UHPLC/UPLC systems to more traditional HPLC systems. It is also possible to create toroid-shaped superficially porous particles that have similar efficiencies with commercially available, spherical packing columns with permeabilities that are greater than or equal to monolithic columns.
  • There are additional advantages to controlling column pressures for applications where pressure impacts retentivity (e.g., increased retention of peptides or proteins with increasing pressures. It also allows the possibility for extremely long columns to be used that can achieve extremely high column efficiencies. As such, longer microbore columns, linked microbore columns, or long capillary columns (10-2.000 cm) can be used to achieve efficiencies greater than 1 million theoretical plates. Such improvements in efficiencies have significant advantages in peptide mapping, proteomics, genomics, lipidomics, petrochemical analysis, and in LC, LC-MS, LC-MS/MS, and SFC.
  • There are many parameters that can be adjusted in the synthesis of superficially porous materials based on toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core materials. Each can be tuned to improve aspects of chromatographic performance, including (but not limited to): efficiency, resolution, column pressure, loadability, application required pore diameter. For example, Table 8 has a constant internal void of the core material (1.5 μm) and superficially porous shell thickness (0.3 μm), with varied core ring thickness (0.1-4.5 μm). Table 9 has a constant core material aspect ratio (4) and final Rho (0.70), with varied core ring thickness (0.1-2.5 μm). Table 10 has a constant d1 (1.0 μm) and Rho (0.70), with varied core particle diameter (2-10 μm). Table 11 has a constant d1 (1.0 μm) and Rho (0.70), with varied core particle diameter (2-10 μm).
  • Mechanical strength of a toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material can be improved through selection of the core material, through densification at elevated temperatures, and through adjustment of the core material aspect ratio. A lower aspect ratio core material (e.g., between 2-3) is expected to be more mechanically stronger than a higher aspect ratio core material (e.g., between 10-15). A toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material that is less brittle and more compliant is at times preferred over a core material that may more easily break during device packing or during a chromatographic run.
  • The toroid-shaped or torus-shaped core material needs to have strong attachment of the porous layer. When the composition of this core material is silica or hybrid—this can be achieved using the process detailed in Examples 1-20. When the core material is a polymer, a metal, or does not easily form a strong attachment (e.g., covalent bonds) with the porous layer, the core materials can be further modified by silica modification following the general process described in Example 15 or as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,983,369, 4,911,903, Giesche (J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 189; J. Eur. Ceram. Soc., 1994, 14, 205) or Nozawa (Phys. Rev. E: Stat., Nonlinear, Soft Matter Phys., 2005, 72 (1), 011404). Alternatively the core materials can be modified by following a general process described in Example 13-15 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665).
  • TABLE 8
    d2 d1 d3 d4 Aspect
    (μm) (μm) (μm) (μm) Ratio Rho
    0.10 0.7 0.9 2.3 3.3 0.14
    0.5 1.1 0.9 3.1 2.8 0.45
    0.8 1.4 0.9 3.7 2.6 0.57
    1.0 1.6 0.9 4.1 2.6 0.63
    1.5 2.1 0.9 5.1 2.4 0.71
    2.0 2.6 0.9 6.1 2.3 0.77
    2.5 3.1 0.9 7.1 2.3 0.81
    3.0 3.6 0.9 8.1 2.3 0.83
    3.5 4.1 0.9 9.1 2.2 0.85
    4.0 4.6 0.9 10.1 2.2 0.87
    4.5 5.1 0.9 11.1 2.2 0.88
  • TABLE 9
    d2 d1 d3 d4 Aspect
    (μm) (μm) (μm) (μm) Ratio Rho
    0.10 0.1 0.2 0.44 3.1 0.70
    0.5 0.7 0.8 2.2 3.1 0.70
    0.8 1.1 1.3 3.5 3.1 0.70
    1.0 1.4 1.6 4.4 3.1 0.70
    1.5 2.1 2.4 6.6 3.1 0.70
    2.0 2.9 3.1 8.9 3.1 0.70
    2.5 3.6 3.9 11.1 3.1 0.70
  • TABLE 10
    d2 d1 d3 d4 Aspect
    (μm) (μm) (μm) (μm) Ratio Rho
    0.70 1.0 0.3 2.30 2.3 0.70
    0.70 1.0 0.8 2.8 2.8 0.70
    0.70 1.0 1.1 3.1 3.1 0.70
    0.70 1.0 1.3 3.3 3.3 0.70
    0.70 1.0 1.8 3.8 3.8 0.70
    0.70 1.0 2.3 4.3 4.3 0.70
    0.70 1.0 2.8 4.8 4.8 0.70
    0.70 1.0 3.3 5.3 5.3 0.70
    0.70 1.0 5.3 7.3 7.3 0.70
    0.70 1.0 8.3 10.3 10.3 0.70
  • TABLE 11
    d2 d1 d3 d4 Aspect
    (μm) (μm) (μm) (μm) Ratio Rho
    0.95 1.0 0.1 2.05 2.1 0.95
    0.95 1.0 0.6 2.6 2.6 0.95
    0.95 1.0 0.8 2.8 2.8 0.95
    0.95 1.0 1.1 3.1 3.1 0.95
    0.95 1.0 1.6 3.6 3.6 0.95
    0.95 1.0 2.1 4.1 4.1 0.95
    0.95 1.0 2.6 4.6 4.6 0.95
    0.95 1.0 3.1 5.1 5.1 0.95
    0.95 1.0 5.1 7.1 7.1 0.95
    0.95 1.0 8.1 10.1 10.1 0.95
  • Example 22
  • The products of Examples 1-21 can be further processed or modified by one or more of the following modification steps in Table 12, in any particular order or repetition. Representative references are provided for these general operations are provided in Table 12. All references are incorporated in their entireties, with illustrative examples provided for select references.
  • TABLE 12
    Process Representative Reference
    Additional porous layer Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    formed by template Examples 28-38, 76
    synthesis
    Extraction Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 40, 80
    Ozonolysis Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 41, 81
    Lyophillization Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 21, 73
    Hydrothermal treatment Examples 2, 7, 10-11, 13-14;
    Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 44, 45;
    Jiang {U.S. Pat. No. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177, U.S. Pat. No.
    8,778,453}:
    Wyndham (US 20120141789)
    Psuedomorphic Example 14;
    transformation Wyndham (U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,277)
    Hybrid or inorganic Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    surrounding material Examples 4, 13-16;
    formation Wyndham (US 20120055860) Examples 1-16, 24, 36-38;
    Drying Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 1, 5, 7-8, 10, 13, 28-30, 32, 40-41, 64, 73, 74, 79
    Thermal treatment Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 17, 75
    Dispersion Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 79
    Acid treatment Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 64, 79
    Wyndham (US 20120055860) Examples 17
    Reaction of hybrid Wyndham (US 20120055860) Examples 18-19, 26, 34-35,
    functional groups 41
    Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 6,686,035, U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473, U.S. Pat.
    No. 7,919,177, U.S. Pat. No. 8,778,453, U.S. Pat. No. 8,791,220);
    Walter (U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,214, U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,346)
    Surface modification with Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    silanes Examples 56; 65-67, 82-84.
    Wyndham (US 20120055860) Examples 20-23, 25, 61-71
    Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 6,686,035, U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473, U.S. Pat.
    No. 7,919,177, U.S. Pat. No. 8,778,453, U.S. Pat. No. 8,791,220)
    Walter (U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,214, U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,346)
    Grinding or Classification Examples 15, 19
    Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 63
    Sedimentation Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665)
    Examples 64
    Used within a Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665);
    chromatographic device Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 6,686,035, U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473,
    U.S. Pat. No. 7,919,177, U.S. Pat. No. 8,778,453, U.S. Pat. No. 8,791,220);
    Walter (U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,214, U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,346);
    Benevides (U.S. Pat. No. 8,845,892)
  • Example 23
  • Select materials from Examples 1-22 have silanol groups surface modified following the process of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665). Jiang {U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,686,035; 7,223,473; 7,919,177} and Wyndham {WO 2008/103423} with reagents including (but not limited to) of the type:

  • Za(R′)bSi—R.
  • where
    • Z=Cl, Br, I, C1-C18 alkoxy, dialkylamino or trifluoromethanesulfonate;
    • a and b are each an integer from 0 to 3 provided that a+b=3;
    • R′ is a C1-C6 straight, cyclic or branched alkyl group, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl and cyclohexyl
    • R is a functionalizing group selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyano, amino, diol, nitro, ester, a cation or anion exchange group, a pyridyl group, a pentafluorophenylalkyl group, an alkyl or aryl group containing an embedded polar functionality, and a C1-C30 alkyl group
  • Advantageous silanol surface modification groups include (but are not limited to) octyltrichlorosilane, octadecyltrichlorosilane, octyldimethylchlorosilane, phenylhexyltrichlorosilane, n-butyldimethylchlorosilane, tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, cyanopropyldiisopropylchlorosilane, pentafluorophenylpropyltrichlorosilane, 2-pyridylethyltrimethoxysilane, and octadecyldimethylchlorosilane
  • Alternatively, the materials are surface modified by forming an organic covalent bond between surface organic groups and the modifying reagent. Alternatively, the materials are surface modified by coating with a polymer. Alternatively, the materials are modified by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification. Alternatively, the materials are surface modified by a combination of silanol group modification and coating with a polymer. Alternatively, the materials are surface modified by a combination of organic group modification and coating with a polymer. Alternatively, the materials are surface modified by a combination of organic group modification, silanol group modification, and coating with a polymer.
  • Example 24
  • Select unbounded materials from Examples 1-23 are modified with one more or more layers formed using an organosiloxane, a mixture of organosiloxane and alkoxysilane, polyorganoalkoxysilanes, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material, or combination thereof, as described in Example 83 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Example 25
  • Select unbounded materials from Example 1-23 are modified with a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material resulting in (SiO2)d(O1.5SiCH2CH2SiO1.5) where d is 0-30, a hybrid inorganic/organic surrounding material resulting in (SiO2)d/(O1.5SiCH2CH3) where d is 0-30, or combination thereof, as described in Example 83 of Wyndham (US 20130112605. US 20130206665).
  • Example 26
  • Select materials from Example 1, 2, 3 and 7 were surface bonded with chlorosilanes containing C4 (e.g., C4H9) or C8 (e.g., C8H17) groups using the general approaches detailed in Examples 23-24 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), and Example 45 of Wyndham (US 20130112605, US 20130206665) or in Example 15 of Wyndham (US 2012141789), followed by endcapping (when applicable) using the general approach of Examples 23-24 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), and Example 16 of Wyndham (US 2012141789). Prototypes data is provided in Table 13. Surface coverage was determined by difference in % C data before and after surface modification
  • TABLE 13
    dp SSA SPV APD Coverage
    Product Precursor (μm) (m2/g) (cc/g) (Å) Rho Bonding (μmol/m2) Endcapped
    26a 1n 1.64 13 0.09 384 0.91 C8 0.92 Yes
    26b 1n 1.66 13 0.09 384 0.91 C4 0.23 No
    26c 2r 1.80 43 0.29 277 0.68 C4 4.01 Yes
    26d 3g 1.66 9 0.07 343 0.90 C8 0.77 Yes
    26e
    7h 1.86 36 0.22 259 0.65 C4 3.77 Yes
  • Example 27
  • Select materials from Example 23 and 26 are packed into chromatographic columns and evaluated for chromatographic performance following the approach of Examples 25-27 of Jiang (U.S. Pat. No. 7,223,473), Examples 17-19 and 33-34 of Wyndham (US 2012141789) and Examples 62-67 of Wyndham (US 20130319086).
  • Example 28
  • Following the TFA, acetonitrile-water gradient approach detailed in Examples 62 and 64 of Wyndham (US 20130319086), a chromatographic separation of peptides was achieved for Product 26b packed into a chromatographic column (2.1×50 mm). The Peptide mixture was the MassPREP Peptide Standard (Waters Corporation, Milford, Mass., P/N 186002337), which contained the following: VO (allantoin), [1] RASG-1, [2] angiotensin Fragment 1-7, [3] bradykinin, [4] angiotensin 11, [5] angiotensin 1, [6] renin substrate, [7] enolase T35, [8] enolase T37, and [9] melittin. The gradient was performed with mobile phases: (A) 0.05% TFA in water; (B) 0.05% TFA in 75:25 acetonitrile/water (v/v). The gradient profile was 0.93% to 66.7% B in 30 min. 2 min hold in 66.7% B, and 100% A for 18 min at ambient temperature (0.2 mL/min) on an ACQUITY UPLC system (Waters Corporation, Milford, Mass.), having detection at 220 nm.
  • EQUIVALENTS
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by this invention.
  • INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
  • All publications, patent applications and patents identified herein are expressly incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

Claims (34)

1. A chromatographic material having controlled porosity.
2. The chromatographic material of claim 1, wherein the material is in the form of a particle.
3. The chromatographic material of claim 1, wherein the material is in the form of a monolith.
4. The chromatographic material of claim 1, wherein the material is in the form of a superficially porous material.
5. (canceled)
6. (canceled)
7. The chromatographic material of claim 1, comprising a chromatographic core material having a primary surface and one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material.
8. (canceled)
9. The chromatographic material of claim 7, wherein the chromatographic core material is an inorganic material, an organic material, or an inorganic/organic hybrid material.
10. (canceled)
11. The chromatographic material of claim 9, wherein the chromatographic core material has the formula:

(SiO2)d/[R2((R)p(R1)qSiOt)m]  (I)
wherein,
R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl:
R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-Cis aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0,
t is 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5;
d is 0 to about 30;
m is an integer from 1-20; wherein R, R1 and R2 are optionally substituted;
provided that; (1) when R2 is absent, m=1 and
t = ( 4 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
 when 0<p+q≤3; and
(2) when R2 is present, m=2-20 and
t = ( 3 - ( p + q ) ) 2 ,
 when p+q≤2;
the formula:

(SiO2)d[(R)p(R′)qSiOt]  (II)
wherein,
R and R1 are each independently C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
d is 0 to about 30;
p and q are each independently 0.0 to 3.0, provided that when p+q=1 then t=1.5; when
p+q=2 then t=1; or when p+q=3 then t=0.5; or
the formula:

(SiO2)d/[R2((R1)rSiOt)m]  (III)
wherein,
R1 is C1-C18 alkoxy, C1-C18 alkyl, C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C5-C18 aryloxy, or C1-C18 heteroaryl;
R2 is C1-C18 alkyl, C2-C18 alkenyl, C2-C18 alkynyl, C3-C18 cycloalkyl, C1-C18 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C18 aryl, C1-C18 heteroaryl; or absent; wherein each R2 is attached to two or more silicon atoms;
d is 0 to about 30;
r is 0, 1 or 2, provided that when r=0 then t=1.5; when r=1 then t=1; or when r=2, then t=0.5; and
m is an integer from 1-20.
12-22. (canceled)
23. The chromatographic material of claim 7, wherein each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore diameter of 20 to 1500 Angstroms.
24. The chromatographic n material of claim 23, wherein the average pore diameter of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
25. The chromatographic material of claim 24, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
26. The chromatographic material of claim 24, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
27. The chromatographic material of claim 24, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises both an increase in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material and a decrease in average pore diameter from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
28. (canceled)
29. The chromatographic material of claim 7, wherein each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has a specific surface area of 25 to 1100 m2/g and wherein the specific surface area of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
30. The chromatographic material of claim 29, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
31. The chromatographic material of claim 29, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises a decrease in specific surface area from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
32. (canceled)
33. (canceled)
34. The chromatographic material of claim 7, wherein each layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material independently has an average pore volume of 0.15 to 1.5 cm3/g and wherein the average pore volume of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material varies in a predetermined pattern from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
35. The chromatographic material of claim 34, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises an increase in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
36. The chromatographic material of claim 34, wherein the predetermined pattern comprises a decrease in average pore volume from the primary surface of the chromatographic core material to the outermost surface of the chromatographic material.
37. (canceled)
38. The chromatographic material of claim 7, wherein at least one layer of the one or more layers of a chromatographic surface material is an inorganic/organic hybrid material which comprises a hydrophobic surface group and one or more ionizable modifiers.
39. The chromatographic material of claim 38, wherein each ionizable modifier independently contains a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an arylsulfonic group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, an amino group, an imido group, an amido group, a pyridyl group, an imidazolyl group, an ureido group, a thionyl-ureido group or an aminosilane group.
40-74. (canceled)
75. The chromatographic material of claim 1, wherein the material further comprises a surface modification and wherein the material has been surface modified by coating with a polymer by a combination of organic group and silanol group modification.
76-86. (canceled)
87. A chromatographic device, comprising
a) an interior channel for accepting a packing material and
b) a packed chromatographic bed comprising the chromatographic material of claim 1.
88-110. (canceled)
US16/082,770 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations Pending US20190134604A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/082,770 US20190134604A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662304254P 2016-03-06 2016-03-06
US201662304259P 2016-03-06 2016-03-06
US201662304261P 2016-03-06 2016-03-06
PCT/US2017/020859 WO2017155848A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US16/082,770 US20190134604A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190134604A1 true US20190134604A1 (en) 2019-05-09

Family

ID=58361127

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/082,770 Pending US20190134604A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US16/082,803 Abandoned US20190015815A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Superficially porous materials comprising a coated core having narrow particle size distribution; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US16/082,823 Active 2038-01-05 US11642653B2 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Hybrid material for chromatographic separations comprising a superficially porous core and a surrounding material
US18/188,182 Pending US20240116025A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2023-03-22 Hybrid material for chromatographic separations comprising a superficially porous core and a surrounding material
US18/311,671 Pending US20230294073A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2023-05-03 Superficially porous materials comprising a coated core having narrow particle size distribution; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/082,803 Abandoned US20190015815A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Superficially porous materials comprising a coated core having narrow particle size distribution; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US16/082,823 Active 2038-01-05 US11642653B2 (en) 2016-03-06 2017-03-06 Hybrid material for chromatographic separations comprising a superficially porous core and a surrounding material
US18/188,182 Pending US20240116025A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2023-03-22 Hybrid material for chromatographic separations comprising a superficially porous core and a surrounding material
US18/311,671 Pending US20230294073A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2023-05-03 Superficially porous materials comprising a coated core having narrow particle size distribution; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (5) US20190134604A1 (en)
EP (3) EP3426390A1 (en)
CN (3) CN109070053A (en)
WO (3) WO2017155870A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200118783A1 (en) * 2018-10-12 2020-04-16 Kla Corporation Electron gun and electron microscope

Families Citing this family (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102017009236A1 (en) * 2017-10-04 2019-04-04 Dr. Albin Maisch High Performance LC GmbH Surface porous support materials and the process for their preparation
US10459310B2 (en) * 2017-10-18 2019-10-29 The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Au—Ag nanorods in nonpolar solvents
US10654025B2 (en) * 2017-11-15 2020-05-19 Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Amine-based carbon dioxide adsorbent resistant to oxygen and sulfur dioxide and method of preparing the same
EP3578591A1 (en) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-11 EMPA Eidgenössische Materialprüfungs- und Forschungsanstalt Polymeric liquid molecular building block (mbb) material and method for producing the same
EP3808706A4 (en) * 2018-06-14 2022-03-09 Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. Core-shell particles, and method for separating and purifying substance to be separated using core-shell particles
US11964253B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-04-23 Tohoku University Production method for core-shell porous silica particles
CN109126749B (en) * 2018-09-30 2021-05-28 河北大学 Core-shell chromatographic stationary phase with polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane as shell, and preparation method and application thereof
CN111229189B (en) * 2018-11-29 2022-02-08 天津大学 Self-assembly type amino acid derivative functionalized magnetic-carbon nanotube composite material and preparation method and application thereof
CN109692501B (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-02-09 武汉谱立科技有限公司 Chromatographic column and preparation method and application thereof
CN110038564A (en) * 2019-03-25 2019-07-23 宁波大学 A kind of catalyst with core-casing structure and preparation method thereof of high-efficient purification burning waste gas
CN110090649A (en) * 2019-05-28 2019-08-06 河海大学 One kind mixing heterogeneous ozone catalyst of silver and its preparation method and application
CN110215737B (en) * 2019-06-13 2021-07-02 厦门华厦学院 Affinity monolithic column based on graphene-nanogold composite interface ultrahigh-load aptamer and preparation method thereof
EP4070102A1 (en) 2019-12-05 2022-10-12 Waters Technologies Corporation Polyphosphonic acids for improving recovery and minimizing system loss
CN111639460A (en) * 2020-05-15 2020-09-08 浙江大学 Design method of porous model adopting few structural units
WO2022015801A1 (en) 2020-07-14 2022-01-20 Waters Technologies Corporation Kits and methods useful for separating oligonucleotides from matrix components
CN111736239B (en) * 2020-07-21 2021-08-24 广州大学 Tunable terahertz wave polarization rotation flexible metamaterial and use method thereof
US20220081468A1 (en) 2020-09-16 2022-03-17 Waters Technologies Corporation Size exclusion chromatography utilizing low concentration amino acids in size exclusion chromatography mobile phase
US20220080385A1 (en) 2020-09-16 2022-03-17 Waters Technologies Corporation Silica-based particle with hydroxy-terminated peg bonding and methoxy-terminated peg surface modification
CN112521780B (en) * 2020-12-23 2022-02-08 江南大学 Preparation method of anti-dazzle hydrophobic modified nano silica sol
RU205944U1 (en) * 2021-04-07 2021-08-12 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования «Казанский государственный энергетический университет» Multi-layer highly porous mesh filter
CN117222480A (en) 2021-04-29 2023-12-12 沃特世科技公司 Hydrolysis-stable zwitterionic chromatographic material
CN113274987A (en) * 2021-05-18 2021-08-20 贵州金之键高科技材料有限公司 Functional coordination material and application thereof in natural extract
WO2022252071A1 (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 Suzhou Sepax Technologies, Inc A synthetic polymeric porous medium with hierarchical multiple layer structure, its design, synthesis, modification, and liquid chromatographic applications
CN117858758A (en) 2021-08-26 2024-04-09 沃特世科技公司 Core-shell particles with organic polymer cores
CN113680338A (en) * 2021-08-26 2021-11-23 天津津颐生物科技有限公司 Novel chromatographic material and preparation method thereof
CN114133571B (en) * 2021-10-18 2022-10-04 镇江海关综合技术中心 PMO (SLLTP-POSS) hydrophilic microsphere and preparation method and application thereof
CN114192115B (en) * 2021-10-29 2023-04-11 广东邦普循环科技有限公司 Preparation method and application of carbon dioxide trapping agent
WO2024042371A1 (en) * 2022-08-26 2024-02-29 Waters Technologies Corporation Non-porous hybrid coated polymer particles
WO2024042372A1 (en) * 2022-08-26 2024-02-29 Waters Technologies Corporation Bonded hybrid polymer non-porous particles and their use for bioseparations
CN115990355A (en) * 2022-10-13 2023-04-21 福州大学 Affinity monolithic column with orderly functionalized aptamer and preparation method thereof
CN116371384B (en) * 2022-12-28 2024-04-16 北京碧水源膜科技有限公司 Forming method of titanium-based lithium ion sieve powder

Family Cites Families (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US710152A (en) 1902-01-24 1902-09-30 Alfred O Crozier Rail-support.
US3634558A (en) 1968-10-29 1972-01-11 Atomic Energy Commission Method of producing monodisperse silica spheres having a dispersed radioactive tracer
US3709664A (en) 1970-08-14 1973-01-09 Nat Petro Chem High shear mixing apparatus for making silica gels
US3935299A (en) 1972-05-11 1976-01-27 Andrei Vladimirovich Kiselev Process for preparation of wide-pore adsorbent for use in chromatography
DE2236862C2 (en) 1972-07-27 1974-09-05 Istvan Prof. Dr. 6600 Saarbruecken Halasz Sorbents for chromatography
US3808125A (en) 1972-08-25 1974-04-30 Phillips Petroleum Co Chromatographic apparatus
DE2357184A1 (en) 1973-11-16 1975-05-22 Merck Patent Gmbh PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ORGANICALLY MODIFIED SILICON DIOXIDES
US4029583A (en) 1975-02-28 1977-06-14 Purdue Research Foundation Chromatographic supports and methods and apparatus for preparing the same
CS179184B1 (en) 1975-07-25 1977-10-31 Stanislav Vozka Method for preparation of precisely spherical particles of silica gel with controlled size and controled size pores.
DE2642032A1 (en) 1976-09-18 1978-03-30 Merck Patent Gmbh PREPARATIONS CONTAINING SILICON DIOXIDE AND METHOD FOR THEIR MANUFACTURING
FR2464967A1 (en) 1979-09-07 1981-03-20 Rhone Poulenc Ind PREPARATION OF ANION EXCHANGE RESINS BY BROMATION OF VINYLAROMATIC POLYMERS
US4324689A (en) 1980-02-26 1982-04-13 Shah Ramesh M High carbon content chromatographic packing and method for making same
EP0043159B1 (en) 1980-06-27 1985-09-04 Akzo N.V. Porous inorganic support material coated with an organic stationary phase, for use in chromatography, and process for its preparation
US4334118A (en) 1981-06-01 1982-06-08 Chevron Research Solid phosphoric acid catalyzed olefin polymerization process
JPS58120525A (en) 1982-01-05 1983-07-18 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Manufacture of hollow silicate sphere
DE3380019D1 (en) 1982-01-26 1989-07-13 Stocks Richard Ltd Wheel coupling apparatus
JPS5954619A (en) 1982-09-24 1984-03-29 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Preparation of granular silicate
US4477492A (en) 1983-04-22 1984-10-16 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Process for preparing superficially porous supports for chromatography and catalysts
US4724207A (en) 1984-02-02 1988-02-09 Cuno Incorporated Modified siliceous chromatographic supports
JPS60257358A (en) 1984-06-05 1985-12-19 Daicel Chem Ind Ltd Packing material for separation
US5177128A (en) 1985-07-10 1993-01-05 Sequa Chemicals, Inc. Paper coating composition
DE3616133A1 (en) 1985-09-25 1987-11-19 Merck Patent Gmbh SPHERICAL SIO (DOWN ARROW) 2 (DOWN ARROW) PARTICLES
US5108595A (en) 1985-11-01 1992-04-28 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Porous silica microspheres having silanol-enriched and silanized surfaces
US4874518A (en) 1985-11-01 1989-10-17 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Porous silica microspheres having a silanol enriched surface
GB8618322D0 (en) 1986-07-28 1986-09-03 3I Res Expl Ltd Bonded chromotographic stationary phase
US5256386A (en) 1987-06-29 1993-10-26 Eka Nobel Ab Method for preparation of silica particles
US4889632A (en) 1987-12-10 1989-12-26 Ceskoslovenska Akademie Ved Macroporous polymeric membranes for the separation of polymers and a method of their application
EP0386926A3 (en) 1989-03-02 1991-12-18 Supelco, Inc. Silica gel supports suitable for chromatographic separations
US5403908A (en) 1989-10-06 1995-04-04 Idemitsu Kosan Company, Limited Aryl styrene-based copolymer
US6022902A (en) 1989-10-31 2000-02-08 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Porous article with surface functionality and method for preparing same
US4983369A (en) 1989-11-22 1991-01-08 Allied-Signal Inc. Process for forming highly uniform silica spheres
US5068387A (en) 1989-12-01 1991-11-26 Dow Corning Corporation Production of organofunctional alkoxysilanes
JP2874297B2 (en) 1989-12-18 1999-03-24 東ソー株式会社 Packing material for reversed phase chromatography and method for producing the same
US5271833A (en) 1990-03-22 1993-12-21 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Polymer-coated carbon-clad inorganic oxide particles
DK165090D0 (en) 1990-07-09 1990-07-09 Kem En Tec As CONLOMERATED PARTICLES
JP2646150B2 (en) 1990-08-27 1997-08-25 出光興産 株式会社 Water repellent silica sol and method for producing the same
JPH0617476B2 (en) 1990-09-04 1994-03-09 工業技術院長 Organic group-modified silica particles, method for producing the same, and resin composition containing the particles as filler
US5250186A (en) 1990-10-23 1993-10-05 Cetus Corporation HPLC light scattering detector for biopolymers
JP3026594B2 (en) 1990-11-20 2000-03-27 旭光学工業株式会社 Separation material and separator
US5071565A (en) 1991-02-04 1991-12-10 Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. Modified resins for solid-phase extraction
JP3168006B2 (en) 1991-10-21 2001-05-21 コーネル・リサーチ・フアウンデーシヨン・インコーポレーテツド Columns with macroporous polymer media
US5734020A (en) 1991-11-20 1998-03-31 Cpg, Inc. Production and use of magnetic porous inorganic materials
US5565142A (en) 1992-04-01 1996-10-15 Deshpande; Ravindra Preparation of high porosity xerogels by chemical surface modification.
WO1993023333A1 (en) 1992-05-20 1993-11-25 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Process for making inorganic gels
JP3440486B2 (en) 1992-06-19 2003-08-25 旭硝子株式会社 Method for producing spherical silica
US5298833A (en) 1992-06-22 1994-03-29 Copytele, Inc. Black electrophoretic particles for an electrophoretic image display
US5374755A (en) 1992-07-17 1994-12-20 Millipore Corporation Liquid chromatography stationary phases with reduced silanol interactions
US5378790A (en) 1992-09-16 1995-01-03 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Single component inorganic/organic network materials and precursors thereof
US5498678A (en) 1992-12-21 1996-03-12 Rohm And Haas Company Suspension polymerization process for water-soluble monomers
EP0710219B1 (en) 1993-07-19 1997-12-10 MERCK PATENT GmbH Inorganic porous material and process for making same
US5425930A (en) 1993-09-17 1995-06-20 Alliedsignal Inc. Process for forming large silica spheres by low temperature nucleation
JPH07120450A (en) 1993-10-22 1995-05-12 Sumika Bunseki Center:Kk Column for porous substance chromatography
EP0652245B2 (en) 1993-11-05 2005-02-09 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Process for preparing organic functional group-containing organopolysiloxanes, organopolysiloxanes obtained by the process and mercapto group and alkoxy group-containing organopolysiloxanes and preparation thereof
JP2893104B2 (en) 1994-03-14 1999-05-17 直弘 曽我 Method for producing inorganic porous body having organic functional groups bonded thereto
US5728457A (en) 1994-09-30 1998-03-17 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Porous polymeric material with gradients
US5670257A (en) 1994-11-15 1997-09-23 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Organic-inorganic composite particles and production process therefor
US5868966A (en) 1995-03-30 1999-02-09 Drexel University Electroactive inorganic organic hybrid materials
US5637135A (en) 1995-06-26 1997-06-10 Capillary Technology Corporation Chromatographic stationary phases and adsorbents from hybrid organic-inorganic sol-gels
DE19530031A1 (en) 1995-08-16 1997-02-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Porous monodisperse SiO¶2¶ particles
US5667674A (en) 1996-01-11 1997-09-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Adsorption medium and method of preparing same
JP3818689B2 (en) 1996-01-16 2006-09-06 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Aqueous dispersion of core / shell composite particles having colloidal silica as the core and organic polymer as the shell, and method for producing the same
US5869152A (en) 1996-03-01 1999-02-09 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Silica materials
JPH09278485A (en) 1996-04-11 1997-10-28 Tosoh Corp Alkali resistant spherical glass and its production
US6313219B1 (en) 1996-05-02 2001-11-06 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Method for hybrid inorganic/organic composite materials
US5965202A (en) 1996-05-02 1999-10-12 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Hybrid inorganic-organic composite for use as an interlayer dielectric
JPH1062401A (en) 1996-06-10 1998-03-06 Toyota Central Res & Dev Lab Inc Filler for liquid chromatography
US5853886A (en) 1996-06-17 1998-12-29 Claytec, Inc. Hybrid nanocomposites comprising layered inorganic material and methods of preparation
JP3700958B2 (en) 1996-11-08 2005-09-28 カヤバ工業株式会社 Vehicle height adjustment device
AU7533696A (en) 1996-12-13 1998-06-18 Ciba-Geigy Ag New materials
DE69716126T2 (en) 1996-12-26 2003-06-05 Merck Patent Gmbh INORGANIC, POROUS MATERIAL AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
US5976479A (en) 1996-12-30 1999-11-02 Uop Llc Hydrothermal process for preparing a unimodal large pore silica
US5935429A (en) 1997-01-03 1999-08-10 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Chromatography columns with continuous beds formed in situ from aqueous solutions
US6271292B1 (en) 1997-02-25 2001-08-07 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Organic-inorganic hybrid materials
JP3410634B2 (en) 1997-05-30 2003-05-26 株式会社豊田中央研究所 Spherical mesoporous body and method for producing the same
WO1998056498A1 (en) 1997-06-13 1998-12-17 California Institute Of Technology Porous silica having spatially organized organic functionalities
JP2002505006A (en) 1997-06-18 2002-02-12 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフトング Use of monolithic adsorbents for separation by preparative chromatography
US6027643A (en) 1997-09-04 2000-02-22 Dionex Corporation Ion chromatographic method and apparatus using a combined suppressor and eluent generator
JPH11199351A (en) 1997-10-30 1999-07-27 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Porous inorganic organic composite material and its production
US6136187A (en) 1997-12-09 2000-10-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Separation column containing porous matrix and method of packing column
US6592764B1 (en) 1997-12-09 2003-07-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Block copolymer processing for mesostructured inorganic oxide materials
DE19756831A1 (en) 1997-12-19 1999-07-01 Wacker Chemie Gmbh Silicon dioxide, which carries partially or completely silylated polysilicic acid chains on its surface
US6406632B1 (en) 1998-04-03 2002-06-18 Symyx Technologies, Inc. Rapid characterization of polymers
US6281257B1 (en) 1998-04-27 2001-08-28 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Porous composite materials
JP3899733B2 (en) 1998-07-03 2007-03-28 株式会社豊田中央研究所 Porous material and method for producing porous material
JP3953649B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2007-08-08 オリヱント化学工業株式会社 Organic-inorganic hybrid component gradient polymer material and method for producing the same
US6210570B1 (en) 1998-08-21 2001-04-03 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Monolithic silica column
US6090477A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-07-18 Ut-Battelle, Llc Gas storage carbon with enhanced thermal conductivity
US6238565B1 (en) 1998-09-16 2001-05-29 Varian, Inc. Monolithic matrix for separating bio-organic molecules
US6375864B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2002-04-23 M.A. Hannacolor, A Division Of M.A. Hanna Company Daylight/nightglow colored phosphorescent plastic compositions and articles
DE19856000A1 (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-15 Bayer Ag Hybrid paint preparation
US6686035B2 (en) 1999-02-05 2004-02-03 Waters Investments Limited Porous inorganic/organic hybrid particles for chromatographic separations and process for their preparation
EP1733786B1 (en) 1999-02-05 2010-04-14 Waters Technologies Corporation Porous hybrid particles for chromatographic separations
US6227304B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2001-05-08 Case Corporation Upper hitch link
JP4214203B2 (en) 1999-05-18 2009-01-28 オリヱント化学工業株式会社 Organic-inorganic composite material and method for producing the same
US20060194919A1 (en) 1999-08-04 2006-08-31 Lichtenhan Joseph D Porosity control with polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes
US6649083B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2003-11-18 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Combined porous organic and inorganic oxide materials prepared by non-ionic surfactant templating route
SE9903223L (en) 1999-09-09 2001-05-08 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Method and apparatus of telecommunication systems
US6251280B1 (en) 1999-09-15 2001-06-26 University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Imprint-coating synthesis of selective functionalized ordered mesoporous sorbents for separation and sensors
SE9903958D0 (en) 1999-11-02 1999-11-02 Boerje Sellergren Porous materials for selective binding or transport of molecular guests
US7211192B2 (en) 2000-06-02 2007-05-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Hybrid organic-inorganic adsorbents
EP1197998A3 (en) 2000-10-10 2005-12-21 Shipley Company LLC Antireflective porogens
JP4316874B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2009-08-19 株式会社豊田中央研究所 Solid electrolyte
US6528167B2 (en) 2001-01-31 2003-03-04 Waters Investments Limited Porous hybrid particles with organic groups removed from the surface
WO2003014450A1 (en) 2001-08-09 2003-02-20 Waters Investments Limited Porous inorganic/organic hybrid monolith materials for chromatographic separations and process for their preparation
EP1451350A4 (en) 2001-11-05 2006-05-10 Transgenomic Inc Methods, systems, and kits for analysis of polynucleotides
AT411227B (en) 2002-02-15 2003-11-25 Lindner Wolfgang ENANTIOSELECTIVE CATION EXCHANGE MATERIALS
US20040024900A1 (en) 2002-07-30 2004-02-05 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for enhancing streaming operation in a distributed communication system
AU2003285121A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-06-07 Waters Investments Limited Porous inorganic/organic hybrid materials and preparation thereof
US20050051489A1 (en) 2003-08-20 2005-03-10 California Institute Of Technology IC-processed polymer nano-liquid chromatography system on-a-chip and method of making it
US7125488B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2006-10-24 Varian, Inc. Polar-modified bonded phase materials for chromatographic separations
WO2005079427A2 (en) 2004-02-17 2005-09-01 Waters Investments Limited Porous hybrid monolith materials with organic groups removed from the surface
EP1773936B1 (en) 2004-06-01 2015-09-02 The Penn State Research Foundation Unagglomerated core/shell nanocomposite particles
GB2433937B (en) 2004-07-30 2009-09-02 Waters Investments Ltd Porous inorganic/organic hybrid materials with ordered domains for chromatographic separations and processes for their preparation
EP1804950B1 (en) 2004-10-01 2016-06-01 Phenomenex, Inc. Ph stable chromatographic media using templated multilayer organic/inorganic grafting
US7101952B2 (en) 2004-12-08 2006-09-05 Callaway Golf Company Polyurethane material for a golf ball cover
US7439272B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2008-10-21 Varian, Inc. Ultraporous sol gel monoliths
US20090029146A1 (en) 2005-04-05 2009-01-29 Justin Derek Holmes Mesoporous Particles
US20070090052A1 (en) 2005-10-20 2007-04-26 Broske Alan D Chromatographic stationary phase
WO2007095162A2 (en) 2006-02-13 2007-08-23 Advanced Materials Technology, Inc. Porous microparticles solid cores
JPWO2007122930A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2009-09-03 旭硝子株式会社 Core-shell type silica and method for producing the same
CA2649666C (en) 2006-06-06 2011-07-05 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Ready-to-use whole blood collection vessel
WO2008136854A2 (en) 2006-11-07 2008-11-13 Waters Investments Limited Monolithic electrokinetic pump fabrication
EP2101999A4 (en) 2007-01-12 2017-12-27 Waters Technologies Corporation Porous carbon-heteroatom-silicon hybrid inorganic/organic materials for chromatographic separations and process for the preparation thereof
CN103551132B (en) * 2007-02-21 2017-04-12 沃特世科技公司 Porous inorganic/organic hybrid particles having high organic content and enhanced pore geometry for chromatographic separations
US20100272996A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2010-10-28 Justin Holmes method for synthesising microparticles
US9248383B2 (en) 2008-04-08 2016-02-02 Waters Technologies Corporation Composite materials containing nanoparticles and their use in chromatography
US9314712B2 (en) 2008-05-09 2016-04-19 Dionex Corporation Functionalized substrates with ion-exchange properties
CA2723651C (en) * 2008-05-10 2014-02-11 Brigham Young University Porous composite particulate materials, methods of making and using same, and related apparatuses
US8277883B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2012-10-02 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Porous silica microspheres having organosilane modified surfaces
US8685283B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2014-04-01 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Superficially porous metal oxide particles, methods for making them, and separation devices using them
EP2365997B1 (en) 2008-11-26 2019-03-20 University College Cork - National University of Ireland, Cork A process for preparing silica microparticles
US7846337B2 (en) 2009-02-17 2010-12-07 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Superficially porous particles and methods of making and using same
WO2010141426A1 (en) 2009-06-01 2010-12-09 Waters Technologies Corporation Hybrid material for chromatographic separations
US10159911B2 (en) 2009-08-04 2018-12-25 Waters Technologies Corporation High purity chromatographic materials comprising an ionizable modifier
WO2011017418A1 (en) 2009-08-04 2011-02-10 Waters Technologies Corporation High purity chromatrographic materials comprising an ionizable modifier
JP6219569B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2017-10-25 ウオーターズ・テクノロジーズ・コーポレイシヨン Apparatus and method for performing size exclusion chromatography
JP6199184B2 (en) 2010-07-26 2017-09-20 ウオーターズ・テクノロジーズ・コーポレイシヨン Surface porous material comprising a substantially non-porous core with a narrow particle size distribution, process for its production and its use for chromatographic separation
US20130273404A1 (en) 2010-10-30 2013-10-17 Sanyo Electric., Ltd Battery pack and vehicle including the same
CN102527354B (en) * 2012-02-07 2013-12-18 月旭材料科技(上海)有限公司 Core shell type particle and preparation method
GB2515984A (en) 2012-05-15 2015-01-07 Waters Technologies Corp Chromatographic materials
US20140031905A1 (en) 2012-07-12 2014-01-30 Purdue Research Foundation Burst pulse tissue stimulation method and apparatus
CN104138751A (en) * 2013-05-09 2014-11-12 中国药科大学 Chiral core-shell chromatography stationary phase and preparation method
WO2014201033A1 (en) 2013-06-11 2014-12-18 Waters Technologies Corporation Chromatographic columns and separation devices comprising a superficially porous material; and use thereof for supercritical fluid chromatography and other chromatography
US10119944B2 (en) 2013-12-24 2018-11-06 Waters Technologies Corporation Materials for hydrophilic interaction chromatography and processes for preparation and use thereof for analysis of glycoproteins and glycopeptides

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200118783A1 (en) * 2018-10-12 2020-04-16 Kla Corporation Electron gun and electron microscope
US10943760B2 (en) * 2018-10-12 2021-03-09 Kla Corporation Electron gun and electron microscope

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109070053A (en) 2018-12-21
US11642653B2 (en) 2023-05-09
EP3426389A1 (en) 2019-01-16
US20190091657A1 (en) 2019-03-28
WO2017155870A1 (en) 2017-09-14
US20230294073A1 (en) 2023-09-21
WO2017155848A1 (en) 2017-09-14
CN109070050A (en) 2018-12-21
US20240116025A1 (en) 2024-04-11
US20190015815A1 (en) 2019-01-17
WO2017155884A1 (en) 2017-09-14
EP3426388A1 (en) 2019-01-16
CN109414681A (en) 2019-03-01
EP3426390A1 (en) 2019-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190134604A1 (en) Porous materials with controlled porosity; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US20210237033A1 (en) Superficially porous materials comprising a substantially nonporous core having narrow particle size distribution; process for the preparation thereof; and use thereof for chromatographic separations
US20230173406A1 (en) Chromatographic columns and separation devices comprising a superficially porous material; and use thereof for supercritical fluid chromatography and other chromatography
US11426707B2 (en) Composite materials containing nanoparticles and their use in chromatography
US11439977B2 (en) Hybrid material for chromatographic separations comprising a superficially porous core and a surrounding material
US20230041546A1 (en) Superficially porous materials comprising a substantially nonporous hybrid core having narrow particle size distribution

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: WATERS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WALSH, DANIEL P.;WYNDHAM, KEVIN DANIEL;FAIRCHILD, JACOB NATHAN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:051429/0535

Effective date: 20181218

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: ON APPEAL -- AWAITING DECISION BY THE BOARD OF APPEALS